OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-dev/] [or1k-gcc/] [gcc/] [tree-vrp.c] - Blame information for rev 775

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 684 jeremybenn
/* Support routines for Value Range Propagation (VRP).
2
   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
3
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
   Contributed by Diego Novillo <dnovillo@redhat.com>.
5
 
6
This file is part of GCC.
7
 
8
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11
any later version.
12
 
13
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16
GNU General Public License for more details.
17
 
18
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
20
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
21
 
22
#include "config.h"
23
#include "system.h"
24
#include "coretypes.h"
25
#include "tm.h"
26
#include "ggc.h"
27
#include "flags.h"
28
#include "tree.h"
29
#include "basic-block.h"
30
#include "tree-flow.h"
31
#include "tree-pass.h"
32
#include "tree-dump.h"
33
#include "timevar.h"
34
#include "tree-pretty-print.h"
35
#include "gimple-pretty-print.h"
36
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
37
#include "intl.h"
38
#include "cfgloop.h"
39
#include "tree-scalar-evolution.h"
40
#include "tree-ssa-propagate.h"
41
#include "tree-chrec.h"
42
#include "gimple-fold.h"
43
#include "expr.h"
44
#include "optabs.h"
45
 
46
 
47
/* Type of value ranges.  See value_range_d for a description of these
48
   types.  */
49
enum value_range_type { VR_UNDEFINED, VR_RANGE, VR_ANTI_RANGE, VR_VARYING };
50
 
51
/* Range of values that can be associated with an SSA_NAME after VRP
52
   has executed.  */
53
struct value_range_d
54
{
55
  /* Lattice value represented by this range.  */
56
  enum value_range_type type;
57
 
58
  /* Minimum and maximum values represented by this range.  These
59
     values should be interpreted as follows:
60
 
61
        - If TYPE is VR_UNDEFINED or VR_VARYING then MIN and MAX must
62
          be NULL.
63
 
64
        - If TYPE == VR_RANGE then MIN holds the minimum value and
65
          MAX holds the maximum value of the range [MIN, MAX].
66
 
67
        - If TYPE == ANTI_RANGE the variable is known to NOT
68
          take any values in the range [MIN, MAX].  */
69
  tree min;
70
  tree max;
71
 
72
  /* Set of SSA names whose value ranges are equivalent to this one.
73
     This set is only valid when TYPE is VR_RANGE or VR_ANTI_RANGE.  */
74
  bitmap equiv;
75
};
76
 
77
typedef struct value_range_d value_range_t;
78
 
79
/* Set of SSA names found live during the RPO traversal of the function
80
   for still active basic-blocks.  */
81
static sbitmap *live;
82
 
83
/* Return true if the SSA name NAME is live on the edge E.  */
84
 
85
static bool
86
live_on_edge (edge e, tree name)
87
{
88
  return (live[e->dest->index]
89
          && TEST_BIT (live[e->dest->index], SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)));
90
}
91
 
92
/* Local functions.  */
93
static int compare_values (tree val1, tree val2);
94
static int compare_values_warnv (tree val1, tree val2, bool *);
95
static void vrp_meet (value_range_t *, value_range_t *);
96
static tree vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (enum tree_code,
97
                                                     tree, tree, bool, bool *,
98
                                                     bool *);
99
 
100
/* Location information for ASSERT_EXPRs.  Each instance of this
101
   structure describes an ASSERT_EXPR for an SSA name.  Since a single
102
   SSA name may have more than one assertion associated with it, these
103
   locations are kept in a linked list attached to the corresponding
104
   SSA name.  */
105
struct assert_locus_d
106
{
107
  /* Basic block where the assertion would be inserted.  */
108
  basic_block bb;
109
 
110
  /* Some assertions need to be inserted on an edge (e.g., assertions
111
     generated by COND_EXPRs).  In those cases, BB will be NULL.  */
112
  edge e;
113
 
114
  /* Pointer to the statement that generated this assertion.  */
115
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;
116
 
117
  /* Predicate code for the ASSERT_EXPR.  Must be COMPARISON_CLASS_P.  */
118
  enum tree_code comp_code;
119
 
120
  /* Value being compared against.  */
121
  tree val;
122
 
123
  /* Expression to compare.  */
124
  tree expr;
125
 
126
  /* Next node in the linked list.  */
127
  struct assert_locus_d *next;
128
};
129
 
130
typedef struct assert_locus_d *assert_locus_t;
131
 
132
/* If bit I is present, it means that SSA name N_i has a list of
133
   assertions that should be inserted in the IL.  */
134
static bitmap need_assert_for;
135
 
136
/* Array of locations lists where to insert assertions.  ASSERTS_FOR[I]
137
   holds a list of ASSERT_LOCUS_T nodes that describe where
138
   ASSERT_EXPRs for SSA name N_I should be inserted.  */
139
static assert_locus_t *asserts_for;
140
 
141
/* Value range array.  After propagation, VR_VALUE[I] holds the range
142
   of values that SSA name N_I may take.  */
143
static unsigned num_vr_values;
144
static value_range_t **vr_value;
145
static bool values_propagated;
146
 
147
/* For a PHI node which sets SSA name N_I, VR_COUNTS[I] holds the
148
   number of executable edges we saw the last time we visited the
149
   node.  */
150
static int *vr_phi_edge_counts;
151
 
152
typedef struct {
153
  gimple stmt;
154
  tree vec;
155
} switch_update;
156
 
157
static VEC (edge, heap) *to_remove_edges;
158
DEF_VEC_O(switch_update);
159
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(switch_update, heap);
160
static VEC (switch_update, heap) *to_update_switch_stmts;
161
 
162
 
163
/* Return the maximum value for TYPE.  */
164
 
165
static inline tree
166
vrp_val_max (const_tree type)
167
{
168
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
169
    return NULL_TREE;
170
 
171
  return TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
172
}
173
 
174
/* Return the minimum value for TYPE.  */
175
 
176
static inline tree
177
vrp_val_min (const_tree type)
178
{
179
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
180
    return NULL_TREE;
181
 
182
  return TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
183
}
184
 
185
/* Return whether VAL is equal to the maximum value of its type.  This
186
   will be true for a positive overflow infinity.  We can't do a
187
   simple equality comparison with TYPE_MAX_VALUE because C typedefs
188
   and Ada subtypes can produce types whose TYPE_MAX_VALUE is not ==
189
   to the integer constant with the same value in the type.  */
190
 
191
static inline bool
192
vrp_val_is_max (const_tree val)
193
{
194
  tree type_max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (val));
195
  return (val == type_max
196
          || (type_max != NULL_TREE
197
              && operand_equal_p (val, type_max, 0)));
198
}
199
 
200
/* Return whether VAL is equal to the minimum value of its type.  This
201
   will be true for a negative overflow infinity.  */
202
 
203
static inline bool
204
vrp_val_is_min (const_tree val)
205
{
206
  tree type_min = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (val));
207
  return (val == type_min
208
          || (type_min != NULL_TREE
209
              && operand_equal_p (val, type_min, 0)));
210
}
211
 
212
 
213
/* Return whether TYPE should use an overflow infinity distinct from
214
   TYPE_{MIN,MAX}_VALUE.  We use an overflow infinity value to
215
   represent a signed overflow during VRP computations.  An infinity
216
   is distinct from a half-range, which will go from some number to
217
   TYPE_{MIN,MAX}_VALUE.  */
218
 
219
static inline bool
220
needs_overflow_infinity (const_tree type)
221
{
222
  return INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) && !TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (type);
223
}
224
 
225
/* Return whether TYPE can support our overflow infinity
226
   representation: we use the TREE_OVERFLOW flag, which only exists
227
   for constants.  If TYPE doesn't support this, we don't optimize
228
   cases which would require signed overflow--we drop them to
229
   VARYING.  */
230
 
231
static inline bool
232
supports_overflow_infinity (const_tree type)
233
{
234
  tree min = vrp_val_min (type), max = vrp_val_max (type);
235
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
236
  gcc_assert (needs_overflow_infinity (type));
237
#endif
238
  return (min != NULL_TREE
239
          && CONSTANT_CLASS_P (min)
240
          && max != NULL_TREE
241
          && CONSTANT_CLASS_P (max));
242
}
243
 
244
/* VAL is the maximum or minimum value of a type.  Return a
245
   corresponding overflow infinity.  */
246
 
247
static inline tree
248
make_overflow_infinity (tree val)
249
{
250
  gcc_checking_assert (val != NULL_TREE && CONSTANT_CLASS_P (val));
251
  val = copy_node (val);
252
  TREE_OVERFLOW (val) = 1;
253
  return val;
254
}
255
 
256
/* Return a negative overflow infinity for TYPE.  */
257
 
258
static inline tree
259
negative_overflow_infinity (tree type)
260
{
261
  gcc_checking_assert (supports_overflow_infinity (type));
262
  return make_overflow_infinity (vrp_val_min (type));
263
}
264
 
265
/* Return a positive overflow infinity for TYPE.  */
266
 
267
static inline tree
268
positive_overflow_infinity (tree type)
269
{
270
  gcc_checking_assert (supports_overflow_infinity (type));
271
  return make_overflow_infinity (vrp_val_max (type));
272
}
273
 
274
/* Return whether VAL is a negative overflow infinity.  */
275
 
276
static inline bool
277
is_negative_overflow_infinity (const_tree val)
278
{
279
  return (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (val))
280
          && CONSTANT_CLASS_P (val)
281
          && TREE_OVERFLOW (val)
282
          && vrp_val_is_min (val));
283
}
284
 
285
/* Return whether VAL is a positive overflow infinity.  */
286
 
287
static inline bool
288
is_positive_overflow_infinity (const_tree val)
289
{
290
  return (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (val))
291
          && CONSTANT_CLASS_P (val)
292
          && TREE_OVERFLOW (val)
293
          && vrp_val_is_max (val));
294
}
295
 
296
/* Return whether VAL is a positive or negative overflow infinity.  */
297
 
298
static inline bool
299
is_overflow_infinity (const_tree val)
300
{
301
  return (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (val))
302
          && CONSTANT_CLASS_P (val)
303
          && TREE_OVERFLOW (val)
304
          && (vrp_val_is_min (val) || vrp_val_is_max (val)));
305
}
306
 
307
/* Return whether STMT has a constant rhs that is_overflow_infinity. */
308
 
309
static inline bool
310
stmt_overflow_infinity (gimple stmt)
311
{
312
  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
313
      && get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt)) ==
314
      GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS)
315
    return is_overflow_infinity (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
316
  return false;
317
}
318
 
319
/* If VAL is now an overflow infinity, return VAL.  Otherwise, return
320
   the same value with TREE_OVERFLOW clear.  This can be used to avoid
321
   confusing a regular value with an overflow value.  */
322
 
323
static inline tree
324
avoid_overflow_infinity (tree val)
325
{
326
  if (!is_overflow_infinity (val))
327
    return val;
328
 
329
  if (vrp_val_is_max (val))
330
    return vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (val));
331
  else
332
    {
333
      gcc_checking_assert (vrp_val_is_min (val));
334
      return vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (val));
335
    }
336
}
337
 
338
 
339
/* Return true if ARG is marked with the nonnull attribute in the
340
   current function signature.  */
341
 
342
static bool
343
nonnull_arg_p (const_tree arg)
344
{
345
  tree t, attrs, fntype;
346
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT arg_num;
347
 
348
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (arg) == PARM_DECL && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (arg)));
349
 
350
  /* The static chain decl is always non null.  */
351
  if (arg == cfun->static_chain_decl)
352
    return true;
353
 
354
  fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl);
355
  attrs = lookup_attribute ("nonnull", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (fntype));
356
 
357
  /* If "nonnull" wasn't specified, we know nothing about the argument.  */
358
  if (attrs == NULL_TREE)
359
    return false;
360
 
361
  /* If "nonnull" applies to all the arguments, then ARG is non-null.  */
362
  if (TREE_VALUE (attrs) == NULL_TREE)
363
    return true;
364
 
365
  /* Get the position number for ARG in the function signature.  */
366
  for (arg_num = 1, t = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
367
       t;
368
       t = DECL_CHAIN (t), arg_num++)
369
    {
370
      if (t == arg)
371
        break;
372
    }
373
 
374
  gcc_assert (t == arg);
375
 
376
  /* Now see if ARG_NUM is mentioned in the nonnull list.  */
377
  for (t = TREE_VALUE (attrs); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
378
    {
379
      if (compare_tree_int (TREE_VALUE (t), arg_num) == 0)
380
        return true;
381
    }
382
 
383
  return false;
384
}
385
 
386
 
387
/* Set value range VR to VR_VARYING.  */
388
 
389
static inline void
390
set_value_range_to_varying (value_range_t *vr)
391
{
392
  vr->type = VR_VARYING;
393
  vr->min = vr->max = NULL_TREE;
394
  if (vr->equiv)
395
    bitmap_clear (vr->equiv);
396
}
397
 
398
 
399
/* Set value range VR to {T, MIN, MAX, EQUIV}.  */
400
 
401
static void
402
set_value_range (value_range_t *vr, enum value_range_type t, tree min,
403
                 tree max, bitmap equiv)
404
{
405
#if defined ENABLE_CHECKING
406
  /* Check the validity of the range.  */
407
  if (t == VR_RANGE || t == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
408
    {
409
      int cmp;
410
 
411
      gcc_assert (min && max);
412
 
413
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (min)) && t == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
414
        gcc_assert (!vrp_val_is_min (min) || !vrp_val_is_max (max));
415
 
416
      cmp = compare_values (min, max);
417
      gcc_assert (cmp == 0 || cmp == -1 || cmp == -2);
418
 
419
      if (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (min)))
420
        gcc_assert (!is_overflow_infinity (min)
421
                    || !is_overflow_infinity (max));
422
    }
423
 
424
  if (t == VR_UNDEFINED || t == VR_VARYING)
425
    gcc_assert (min == NULL_TREE && max == NULL_TREE);
426
 
427
  if (t == VR_UNDEFINED || t == VR_VARYING)
428
    gcc_assert (equiv == NULL || bitmap_empty_p (equiv));
429
#endif
430
 
431
  vr->type = t;
432
  vr->min = min;
433
  vr->max = max;
434
 
435
  /* Since updating the equivalence set involves deep copying the
436
     bitmaps, only do it if absolutely necessary.  */
437
  if (vr->equiv == NULL
438
      && equiv != NULL)
439
    vr->equiv = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
440
 
441
  if (equiv != vr->equiv)
442
    {
443
      if (equiv && !bitmap_empty_p (equiv))
444
        bitmap_copy (vr->equiv, equiv);
445
      else
446
        bitmap_clear (vr->equiv);
447
    }
448
}
449
 
450
 
451
/* Set value range VR to the canonical form of {T, MIN, MAX, EQUIV}.
452
   This means adjusting T, MIN and MAX representing the case of a
453
   wrapping range with MAX < MIN covering [MIN, type_max] U [type_min, MAX]
454
   as anti-rage ~[MAX+1, MIN-1].  Likewise for wrapping anti-ranges.
455
   In corner cases where MAX+1 or MIN-1 wraps this will fall back
456
   to varying.
457
   This routine exists to ease canonicalization in the case where we
458
   extract ranges from var + CST op limit.  */
459
 
460
static void
461
set_and_canonicalize_value_range (value_range_t *vr, enum value_range_type t,
462
                                  tree min, tree max, bitmap equiv)
463
{
464
  /* Nothing to canonicalize for symbolic or unknown or varying ranges.  */
465
  if ((t != VR_RANGE
466
       && t != VR_ANTI_RANGE)
467
      || TREE_CODE (min) != INTEGER_CST
468
      || TREE_CODE (max) != INTEGER_CST)
469
    {
470
      set_value_range (vr, t, min, max, equiv);
471
      return;
472
    }
473
 
474
  /* Wrong order for min and max, to swap them and the VR type we need
475
     to adjust them.  */
476
  if (tree_int_cst_lt (max, min))
477
    {
478
      tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 1);
479
      tree tmp = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, max, one);
480
      max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, min, one);
481
      min = tmp;
482
 
483
      /* There's one corner case, if we had [C+1, C] before we now have
484
         that again.  But this represents an empty value range, so drop
485
         to varying in this case.  */
486
      if (tree_int_cst_lt (max, min))
487
        {
488
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
489
          return;
490
        }
491
 
492
      t = t == VR_RANGE ? VR_ANTI_RANGE : VR_RANGE;
493
    }
494
 
495
  /* Anti-ranges that can be represented as ranges should be so.  */
496
  if (t == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
497
    {
498
      bool is_min = vrp_val_is_min (min);
499
      bool is_max = vrp_val_is_max (max);
500
 
501
      if (is_min && is_max)
502
        {
503
          /* We cannot deal with empty ranges, drop to varying.  */
504
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
505
          return;
506
        }
507
      else if (is_min
508
               /* As a special exception preserve non-null ranges.  */
509
               && !(TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (min))
510
                    && integer_zerop (max)))
511
        {
512
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), 1);
513
          min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, max, one);
514
          max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (max));
515
          t = VR_RANGE;
516
        }
517
      else if (is_max)
518
        {
519
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 1);
520
          max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, min, one);
521
          min = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (min));
522
          t = VR_RANGE;
523
        }
524
    }
525
 
526
  set_value_range (vr, t, min, max, equiv);
527
}
528
 
529
/* Copy value range FROM into value range TO.  */
530
 
531
static inline void
532
copy_value_range (value_range_t *to, value_range_t *from)
533
{
534
  set_value_range (to, from->type, from->min, from->max, from->equiv);
535
}
536
 
537
/* Set value range VR to a single value.  This function is only called
538
   with values we get from statements, and exists to clear the
539
   TREE_OVERFLOW flag so that we don't think we have an overflow
540
   infinity when we shouldn't.  */
541
 
542
static inline void
543
set_value_range_to_value (value_range_t *vr, tree val, bitmap equiv)
544
{
545
  gcc_assert (is_gimple_min_invariant (val));
546
  val = avoid_overflow_infinity (val);
547
  set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, val, val, equiv);
548
}
549
 
550
/* Set value range VR to a non-negative range of type TYPE.
551
   OVERFLOW_INFINITY indicates whether to use an overflow infinity
552
   rather than TYPE_MAX_VALUE; this should be true if we determine
553
   that the range is nonnegative based on the assumption that signed
554
   overflow does not occur.  */
555
 
556
static inline void
557
set_value_range_to_nonnegative (value_range_t *vr, tree type,
558
                                bool overflow_infinity)
559
{
560
  tree zero;
561
 
562
  if (overflow_infinity && !supports_overflow_infinity (type))
563
    {
564
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
565
      return;
566
    }
567
 
568
  zero = build_int_cst (type, 0);
569
  set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, zero,
570
                   (overflow_infinity
571
                    ? positive_overflow_infinity (type)
572
                    : TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type)),
573
                   vr->equiv);
574
}
575
 
576
/* Set value range VR to a non-NULL range of type TYPE.  */
577
 
578
static inline void
579
set_value_range_to_nonnull (value_range_t *vr, tree type)
580
{
581
  tree zero = build_int_cst (type, 0);
582
  set_value_range (vr, VR_ANTI_RANGE, zero, zero, vr->equiv);
583
}
584
 
585
 
586
/* Set value range VR to a NULL range of type TYPE.  */
587
 
588
static inline void
589
set_value_range_to_null (value_range_t *vr, tree type)
590
{
591
  set_value_range_to_value (vr, build_int_cst (type, 0), vr->equiv);
592
}
593
 
594
 
595
/* Set value range VR to a range of a truthvalue of type TYPE.  */
596
 
597
static inline void
598
set_value_range_to_truthvalue (value_range_t *vr, tree type)
599
{
600
  if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 1)
601
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
602
  else
603
    set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE,
604
                     build_int_cst (type, 0), build_int_cst (type, 1),
605
                     vr->equiv);
606
}
607
 
608
 
609
/* Set value range VR to VR_UNDEFINED.  */
610
 
611
static inline void
612
set_value_range_to_undefined (value_range_t *vr)
613
{
614
  vr->type = VR_UNDEFINED;
615
  vr->min = vr->max = NULL_TREE;
616
  if (vr->equiv)
617
    bitmap_clear (vr->equiv);
618
}
619
 
620
 
621
/* If abs (min) < abs (max), set VR to [-max, max], if
622
   abs (min) >= abs (max), set VR to [-min, min].  */
623
 
624
static void
625
abs_extent_range (value_range_t *vr, tree min, tree max)
626
{
627
  int cmp;
628
 
629
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (min) == INTEGER_CST);
630
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (max) == INTEGER_CST);
631
  gcc_assert (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (min)));
632
  gcc_assert (!TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (min)));
633
  min = fold_unary (ABS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min);
634
  max = fold_unary (ABS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (max), max);
635
  if (TREE_OVERFLOW (min) || TREE_OVERFLOW (max))
636
    {
637
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
638
      return;
639
    }
640
  cmp = compare_values (min, max);
641
  if (cmp == -1)
642
    min = fold_unary (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), max);
643
  else if (cmp == 0 || cmp == 1)
644
    {
645
      max = min;
646
      min = fold_unary (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min);
647
    }
648
  else
649
    {
650
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
651
      return;
652
    }
653
  set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, min, max, NULL);
654
}
655
 
656
 
657
/* Return value range information for VAR.
658
 
659
   If we have no values ranges recorded (ie, VRP is not running), then
660
   return NULL.  Otherwise create an empty range if none existed for VAR.  */
661
 
662
static value_range_t *
663
get_value_range (const_tree var)
664
{
665
  static const struct value_range_d vr_const_varying
666
    = { VR_VARYING, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
667
  value_range_t *vr;
668
  tree sym;
669
  unsigned ver = SSA_NAME_VERSION (var);
670
 
671
  /* If we have no recorded ranges, then return NULL.  */
672
  if (! vr_value)
673
    return NULL;
674
 
675
  /* If we query the range for a new SSA name return an unmodifiable VARYING.
676
     We should get here at most from the substitute-and-fold stage which
677
     will never try to change values.  */
678
  if (ver >= num_vr_values)
679
    return CONST_CAST (value_range_t *, &vr_const_varying);
680
 
681
  vr = vr_value[ver];
682
  if (vr)
683
    return vr;
684
 
685
  /* After propagation finished do not allocate new value-ranges.  */
686
  if (values_propagated)
687
    return CONST_CAST (value_range_t *, &vr_const_varying);
688
 
689
  /* Create a default value range.  */
690
  vr_value[ver] = vr = XCNEW (value_range_t);
691
 
692
  /* Defer allocating the equivalence set.  */
693
  vr->equiv = NULL;
694
 
695
  /* If VAR is a default definition of a parameter, the variable can
696
     take any value in VAR's type.  */
697
  sym = SSA_NAME_VAR (var);
698
  if (SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (var)
699
      && TREE_CODE (sym) == PARM_DECL)
700
    {
701
      /* Try to use the "nonnull" attribute to create ~[0, 0]
702
         anti-ranges for pointers.  Note that this is only valid with
703
         default definitions of PARM_DECLs.  */
704
      if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (sym))
705
          && nonnull_arg_p (sym))
706
        set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, TREE_TYPE (sym));
707
      else
708
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
709
    }
710
 
711
  return vr;
712
}
713
 
714
/* Return true, if VAL1 and VAL2 are equal values for VRP purposes.  */
715
 
716
static inline bool
717
vrp_operand_equal_p (const_tree val1, const_tree val2)
718
{
719
  if (val1 == val2)
720
    return true;
721
  if (!val1 || !val2 || !operand_equal_p (val1, val2, 0))
722
    return false;
723
  if (is_overflow_infinity (val1))
724
    return is_overflow_infinity (val2);
725
  return true;
726
}
727
 
728
/* Return true, if the bitmaps B1 and B2 are equal.  */
729
 
730
static inline bool
731
vrp_bitmap_equal_p (const_bitmap b1, const_bitmap b2)
732
{
733
  return (b1 == b2
734
          || ((!b1 || bitmap_empty_p (b1))
735
              && (!b2 || bitmap_empty_p (b2)))
736
          || (b1 && b2
737
              && bitmap_equal_p (b1, b2)));
738
}
739
 
740
/* Update the value range and equivalence set for variable VAR to
741
   NEW_VR.  Return true if NEW_VR is different from VAR's previous
742
   value.
743
 
744
   NOTE: This function assumes that NEW_VR is a temporary value range
745
   object created for the sole purpose of updating VAR's range.  The
746
   storage used by the equivalence set from NEW_VR will be freed by
747
   this function.  Do not call update_value_range when NEW_VR
748
   is the range object associated with another SSA name.  */
749
 
750
static inline bool
751
update_value_range (const_tree var, value_range_t *new_vr)
752
{
753
  value_range_t *old_vr;
754
  bool is_new;
755
 
756
  /* Update the value range, if necessary.  */
757
  old_vr = get_value_range (var);
758
  is_new = old_vr->type != new_vr->type
759
           || !vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->min, new_vr->min)
760
           || !vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->max, new_vr->max)
761
           || !vrp_bitmap_equal_p (old_vr->equiv, new_vr->equiv);
762
 
763
  if (is_new)
764
    set_value_range (old_vr, new_vr->type, new_vr->min, new_vr->max,
765
                     new_vr->equiv);
766
 
767
  BITMAP_FREE (new_vr->equiv);
768
 
769
  return is_new;
770
}
771
 
772
 
773
/* Add VAR and VAR's equivalence set to EQUIV.  This is the central
774
   point where equivalence processing can be turned on/off.  */
775
 
776
static void
777
add_equivalence (bitmap *equiv, const_tree var)
778
{
779
  unsigned ver = SSA_NAME_VERSION (var);
780
  value_range_t *vr = vr_value[ver];
781
 
782
  if (*equiv == NULL)
783
    *equiv = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
784
  bitmap_set_bit (*equiv, ver);
785
  if (vr && vr->equiv)
786
    bitmap_ior_into (*equiv, vr->equiv);
787
}
788
 
789
 
790
/* Return true if VR is ~[0, 0].  */
791
 
792
static inline bool
793
range_is_nonnull (value_range_t *vr)
794
{
795
  return vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
796
         && integer_zerop (vr->min)
797
         && integer_zerop (vr->max);
798
}
799
 
800
 
801
/* Return true if VR is [0, 0].  */
802
 
803
static inline bool
804
range_is_null (value_range_t *vr)
805
{
806
  return vr->type == VR_RANGE
807
         && integer_zerop (vr->min)
808
         && integer_zerop (vr->max);
809
}
810
 
811
/* Return true if max and min of VR are INTEGER_CST.  It's not necessary
812
   a singleton.  */
813
 
814
static inline bool
815
range_int_cst_p (value_range_t *vr)
816
{
817
  return (vr->type == VR_RANGE
818
          && TREE_CODE (vr->max) == INTEGER_CST
819
          && TREE_CODE (vr->min) == INTEGER_CST
820
          && !TREE_OVERFLOW (vr->max)
821
          && !TREE_OVERFLOW (vr->min));
822
}
823
 
824
/* Return true if VR is a INTEGER_CST singleton.  */
825
 
826
static inline bool
827
range_int_cst_singleton_p (value_range_t *vr)
828
{
829
  return (range_int_cst_p (vr)
830
          && tree_int_cst_equal (vr->min, vr->max));
831
}
832
 
833
/* Return true if value range VR involves at least one symbol.  */
834
 
835
static inline bool
836
symbolic_range_p (value_range_t *vr)
837
{
838
  return (!is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->min)
839
          || !is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->max));
840
}
841
 
842
/* Return true if value range VR uses an overflow infinity.  */
843
 
844
static inline bool
845
overflow_infinity_range_p (value_range_t *vr)
846
{
847
  return (vr->type == VR_RANGE
848
          && (is_overflow_infinity (vr->min)
849
              || is_overflow_infinity (vr->max)));
850
}
851
 
852
/* Return false if we can not make a valid comparison based on VR;
853
   this will be the case if it uses an overflow infinity and overflow
854
   is not undefined (i.e., -fno-strict-overflow is in effect).
855
   Otherwise return true, and set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true if VR
856
   uses an overflow infinity.  */
857
 
858
static bool
859
usable_range_p (value_range_t *vr, bool *strict_overflow_p)
860
{
861
  gcc_assert (vr->type == VR_RANGE);
862
  if (is_overflow_infinity (vr->min))
863
    {
864
      *strict_overflow_p = true;
865
      if (!TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (TREE_TYPE (vr->min)))
866
        return false;
867
    }
868
  if (is_overflow_infinity (vr->max))
869
    {
870
      *strict_overflow_p = true;
871
      if (!TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (TREE_TYPE (vr->max)))
872
        return false;
873
    }
874
  return true;
875
}
876
 
877
 
878
/* Return true if the result of assignment STMT is know to be non-negative.
879
   If the return value is based on the assumption that signed overflow is
880
   undefined, set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true; otherwise, don't change
881
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.*/
882
 
883
static bool
884
gimple_assign_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple stmt, bool *strict_overflow_p)
885
{
886
  enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
887
  switch (get_gimple_rhs_class (code))
888
    {
889
    case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS:
890
      return tree_unary_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
891
                                             gimple_expr_type (stmt),
892
                                             gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
893
                                             strict_overflow_p);
894
    case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS:
895
      return tree_binary_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
896
                                              gimple_expr_type (stmt),
897
                                              gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
898
                                              gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt),
899
                                              strict_overflow_p);
900
    case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS:
901
      return false;
902
    case GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS:
903
      return tree_single_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
904
                                              strict_overflow_p);
905
    case GIMPLE_INVALID_RHS:
906
      gcc_unreachable ();
907
    default:
908
      gcc_unreachable ();
909
    }
910
}
911
 
912
/* Return true if return value of call STMT is know to be non-negative.
913
   If the return value is based on the assumption that signed overflow is
914
   undefined, set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true; otherwise, don't change
915
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.*/
916
 
917
static bool
918
gimple_call_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple stmt, bool *strict_overflow_p)
919
{
920
  tree arg0 = gimple_call_num_args (stmt) > 0 ?
921
    gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0) : NULL_TREE;
922
  tree arg1 = gimple_call_num_args (stmt) > 1 ?
923
    gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1) : NULL_TREE;
924
 
925
  return tree_call_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple_expr_type (stmt),
926
                                        gimple_call_fndecl (stmt),
927
                                        arg0,
928
                                        arg1,
929
                                        strict_overflow_p);
930
}
931
 
932
/* Return true if STMT is know to to compute a non-negative value.
933
   If the return value is based on the assumption that signed overflow is
934
   undefined, set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true; otherwise, don't change
935
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.*/
936
 
937
static bool
938
gimple_stmt_nonnegative_warnv_p (gimple stmt, bool *strict_overflow_p)
939
{
940
  switch (gimple_code (stmt))
941
    {
942
    case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
943
      return gimple_assign_nonnegative_warnv_p (stmt, strict_overflow_p);
944
    case GIMPLE_CALL:
945
      return gimple_call_nonnegative_warnv_p (stmt, strict_overflow_p);
946
    default:
947
      gcc_unreachable ();
948
    }
949
}
950
 
951
/* Return true if the result of assignment STMT is know to be non-zero.
952
   If the return value is based on the assumption that signed overflow is
953
   undefined, set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true; otherwise, don't change
954
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.*/
955
 
956
static bool
957
gimple_assign_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple stmt, bool *strict_overflow_p)
958
{
959
  enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
960
  switch (get_gimple_rhs_class (code))
961
    {
962
    case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS:
963
      return tree_unary_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
964
                                         gimple_expr_type (stmt),
965
                                         gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
966
                                         strict_overflow_p);
967
    case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS:
968
      return tree_binary_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
969
                                          gimple_expr_type (stmt),
970
                                          gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
971
                                          gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt),
972
                                          strict_overflow_p);
973
    case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS:
974
      return false;
975
    case GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS:
976
      return tree_single_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
977
                                          strict_overflow_p);
978
    case GIMPLE_INVALID_RHS:
979
      gcc_unreachable ();
980
    default:
981
      gcc_unreachable ();
982
    }
983
}
984
 
985
/* Return true if STMT is know to to compute a non-zero value.
986
   If the return value is based on the assumption that signed overflow is
987
   undefined, set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true; otherwise, don't change
988
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.*/
989
 
990
static bool
991
gimple_stmt_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple stmt, bool *strict_overflow_p)
992
{
993
  switch (gimple_code (stmt))
994
    {
995
    case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
996
      return gimple_assign_nonzero_warnv_p (stmt, strict_overflow_p);
997
    case GIMPLE_CALL:
998
      return gimple_alloca_call_p (stmt);
999
    default:
1000
      gcc_unreachable ();
1001
    }
1002
}
1003
 
1004
/* Like tree_expr_nonzero_warnv_p, but this function uses value ranges
1005
   obtained so far.  */
1006
 
1007
static bool
1008
vrp_stmt_computes_nonzero (gimple stmt, bool *strict_overflow_p)
1009
{
1010
  if (gimple_stmt_nonzero_warnv_p (stmt, strict_overflow_p))
1011
    return true;
1012
 
1013
  /* If we have an expression of the form &X->a, then the expression
1014
     is nonnull if X is nonnull.  */
1015
  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
1016
      && gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == ADDR_EXPR)
1017
    {
1018
      tree expr = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
1019
      tree base = get_base_address (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0));
1020
 
1021
      if (base != NULL_TREE
1022
          && TREE_CODE (base) == MEM_REF
1023
          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (base, 0)) == SSA_NAME)
1024
        {
1025
          value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (TREE_OPERAND (base, 0));
1026
          if (range_is_nonnull (vr))
1027
            return true;
1028
        }
1029
    }
1030
 
1031
  return false;
1032
}
1033
 
1034
/* Returns true if EXPR is a valid value (as expected by compare_values) --
1035
   a gimple invariant, or SSA_NAME +- CST.  */
1036
 
1037
static bool
1038
valid_value_p (tree expr)
1039
{
1040
  if (TREE_CODE (expr) == SSA_NAME)
1041
    return true;
1042
 
1043
  if (TREE_CODE (expr) == PLUS_EXPR
1044
      || TREE_CODE (expr) == MINUS_EXPR)
1045
    return (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0)) == SSA_NAME
1046
            && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)) == INTEGER_CST);
1047
 
1048
  return is_gimple_min_invariant (expr);
1049
}
1050
 
1051
/* Return
1052
   1 if VAL < VAL2
1053
 
1054
   -2 if those are incomparable.  */
1055
static inline int
1056
operand_less_p (tree val, tree val2)
1057
{
1058
  /* LT is folded faster than GE and others.  Inline the common case.  */
1059
  if (TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST && TREE_CODE (val2) == INTEGER_CST)
1060
    {
1061
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val)))
1062
        return INT_CST_LT_UNSIGNED (val, val2);
1063
      else
1064
        {
1065
          if (INT_CST_LT (val, val2))
1066
            return 1;
1067
        }
1068
    }
1069
  else
1070
    {
1071
      tree tcmp;
1072
 
1073
      fold_defer_overflow_warnings ();
1074
 
1075
      tcmp = fold_binary_to_constant (LT_EXPR, boolean_type_node, val, val2);
1076
 
1077
      fold_undefer_and_ignore_overflow_warnings ();
1078
 
1079
      if (!tcmp
1080
          || TREE_CODE (tcmp) != INTEGER_CST)
1081
        return -2;
1082
 
1083
      if (!integer_zerop (tcmp))
1084
        return 1;
1085
    }
1086
 
1087
  /* val >= val2, not considering overflow infinity.  */
1088
  if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (val))
1089
    return is_negative_overflow_infinity (val2) ? 0 : 1;
1090
  else if (is_positive_overflow_infinity (val2))
1091
    return is_positive_overflow_infinity (val) ? 0 : 1;
1092
 
1093
  return 0;
1094
}
1095
 
1096
/* Compare two values VAL1 and VAL2.  Return
1097
 
1098
        -2 if VAL1 and VAL2 cannot be compared at compile-time,
1099
        -1 if VAL1 < VAL2,
1100
 
1101
        +1 if VAL1 > VAL2, and
1102
        +2 if VAL1 != VAL2
1103
 
1104
   This is similar to tree_int_cst_compare but supports pointer values
1105
   and values that cannot be compared at compile time.
1106
 
1107
   If STRICT_OVERFLOW_P is not NULL, then set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to
1108
   true if the return value is only valid if we assume that signed
1109
   overflow is undefined.  */
1110
 
1111
static int
1112
compare_values_warnv (tree val1, tree val2, bool *strict_overflow_p)
1113
{
1114
  if (val1 == val2)
1115
    return 0;
1116
 
1117
  /* Below we rely on the fact that VAL1 and VAL2 are both pointers or
1118
     both integers.  */
1119
  gcc_assert (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val1))
1120
              == POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val2)));
1121
  /* Convert the two values into the same type.  This is needed because
1122
     sizetype causes sign extension even for unsigned types.  */
1123
  val2 = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (val1), val2);
1124
  STRIP_USELESS_TYPE_CONVERSION (val2);
1125
 
1126
  if ((TREE_CODE (val1) == SSA_NAME
1127
       || TREE_CODE (val1) == PLUS_EXPR
1128
       || TREE_CODE (val1) == MINUS_EXPR)
1129
      && (TREE_CODE (val2) == SSA_NAME
1130
          || TREE_CODE (val2) == PLUS_EXPR
1131
          || TREE_CODE (val2) == MINUS_EXPR))
1132
    {
1133
      tree n1, c1, n2, c2;
1134
      enum tree_code code1, code2;
1135
 
1136
      /* If VAL1 and VAL2 are of the form 'NAME [+-] CST' or 'NAME',
1137
         return -1 or +1 accordingly.  If VAL1 and VAL2 don't use the
1138
         same name, return -2.  */
1139
      if (TREE_CODE (val1) == SSA_NAME)
1140
        {
1141
          code1 = SSA_NAME;
1142
          n1 = val1;
1143
          c1 = NULL_TREE;
1144
        }
1145
      else
1146
        {
1147
          code1 = TREE_CODE (val1);
1148
          n1 = TREE_OPERAND (val1, 0);
1149
          c1 = TREE_OPERAND (val1, 1);
1150
          if (tree_int_cst_sgn (c1) == -1)
1151
            {
1152
              if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (c1))
1153
                return -2;
1154
              c1 = fold_unary_to_constant (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (c1), c1);
1155
              if (!c1)
1156
                return -2;
1157
              code1 = code1 == MINUS_EXPR ? PLUS_EXPR : MINUS_EXPR;
1158
            }
1159
        }
1160
 
1161
      if (TREE_CODE (val2) == SSA_NAME)
1162
        {
1163
          code2 = SSA_NAME;
1164
          n2 = val2;
1165
          c2 = NULL_TREE;
1166
        }
1167
      else
1168
        {
1169
          code2 = TREE_CODE (val2);
1170
          n2 = TREE_OPERAND (val2, 0);
1171
          c2 = TREE_OPERAND (val2, 1);
1172
          if (tree_int_cst_sgn (c2) == -1)
1173
            {
1174
              if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (c2))
1175
                return -2;
1176
              c2 = fold_unary_to_constant (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (c2), c2);
1177
              if (!c2)
1178
                return -2;
1179
              code2 = code2 == MINUS_EXPR ? PLUS_EXPR : MINUS_EXPR;
1180
            }
1181
        }
1182
 
1183
      /* Both values must use the same name.  */
1184
      if (n1 != n2)
1185
        return -2;
1186
 
1187
      if (code1 == SSA_NAME
1188
          && code2 == SSA_NAME)
1189
        /* NAME == NAME  */
1190
        return 0;
1191
 
1192
      /* If overflow is defined we cannot simplify more.  */
1193
      if (!TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (TREE_TYPE (val1)))
1194
        return -2;
1195
 
1196
      if (strict_overflow_p != NULL
1197
          && (code1 == SSA_NAME || !TREE_NO_WARNING (val1))
1198
          && (code2 == SSA_NAME || !TREE_NO_WARNING (val2)))
1199
        *strict_overflow_p = true;
1200
 
1201
      if (code1 == SSA_NAME)
1202
        {
1203
          if (code2 == PLUS_EXPR)
1204
            /* NAME < NAME + CST  */
1205
            return -1;
1206
          else if (code2 == MINUS_EXPR)
1207
            /* NAME > NAME - CST  */
1208
            return 1;
1209
        }
1210
      else if (code1 == PLUS_EXPR)
1211
        {
1212
          if (code2 == SSA_NAME)
1213
            /* NAME + CST > NAME  */
1214
            return 1;
1215
          else if (code2 == PLUS_EXPR)
1216
            /* NAME + CST1 > NAME + CST2, if CST1 > CST2  */
1217
            return compare_values_warnv (c1, c2, strict_overflow_p);
1218
          else if (code2 == MINUS_EXPR)
1219
            /* NAME + CST1 > NAME - CST2  */
1220
            return 1;
1221
        }
1222
      else if (code1 == MINUS_EXPR)
1223
        {
1224
          if (code2 == SSA_NAME)
1225
            /* NAME - CST < NAME  */
1226
            return -1;
1227
          else if (code2 == PLUS_EXPR)
1228
            /* NAME - CST1 < NAME + CST2  */
1229
            return -1;
1230
          else if (code2 == MINUS_EXPR)
1231
            /* NAME - CST1 > NAME - CST2, if CST1 < CST2.  Notice that
1232
               C1 and C2 are swapped in the call to compare_values.  */
1233
            return compare_values_warnv (c2, c1, strict_overflow_p);
1234
        }
1235
 
1236
      gcc_unreachable ();
1237
    }
1238
 
1239
  /* We cannot compare non-constants.  */
1240
  if (!is_gimple_min_invariant (val1) || !is_gimple_min_invariant (val2))
1241
    return -2;
1242
 
1243
  if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val1)))
1244
    {
1245
      /* We cannot compare overflowed values, except for overflow
1246
         infinities.  */
1247
      if (TREE_OVERFLOW (val1) || TREE_OVERFLOW (val2))
1248
        {
1249
          if (strict_overflow_p != NULL)
1250
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
1251
          if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (val1))
1252
            return is_negative_overflow_infinity (val2) ? 0 : -1;
1253
          else if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (val2))
1254
            return 1;
1255
          else if (is_positive_overflow_infinity (val1))
1256
            return is_positive_overflow_infinity (val2) ? 0 : 1;
1257
          else if (is_positive_overflow_infinity (val2))
1258
            return -1;
1259
          return -2;
1260
        }
1261
 
1262
      return tree_int_cst_compare (val1, val2);
1263
    }
1264
  else
1265
    {
1266
      tree t;
1267
 
1268
      /* First see if VAL1 and VAL2 are not the same.  */
1269
      if (val1 == val2 || operand_equal_p (val1, val2, 0))
1270
        return 0;
1271
 
1272
      /* If VAL1 is a lower address than VAL2, return -1.  */
1273
      if (operand_less_p (val1, val2) == 1)
1274
        return -1;
1275
 
1276
      /* If VAL1 is a higher address than VAL2, return +1.  */
1277
      if (operand_less_p (val2, val1) == 1)
1278
        return 1;
1279
 
1280
      /* If VAL1 is different than VAL2, return +2.
1281
         For integer constants we either have already returned -1 or 1
1282
         or they are equivalent.  We still might succeed in proving
1283
         something about non-trivial operands.  */
1284
      if (TREE_CODE (val1) != INTEGER_CST
1285
          || TREE_CODE (val2) != INTEGER_CST)
1286
        {
1287
          t = fold_binary_to_constant (NE_EXPR, boolean_type_node, val1, val2);
1288
          if (t && integer_onep (t))
1289
            return 2;
1290
        }
1291
 
1292
      return -2;
1293
    }
1294
}
1295
 
1296
/* Compare values like compare_values_warnv, but treat comparisons of
1297
   nonconstants which rely on undefined overflow as incomparable.  */
1298
 
1299
static int
1300
compare_values (tree val1, tree val2)
1301
{
1302
  bool sop;
1303
  int ret;
1304
 
1305
  sop = false;
1306
  ret = compare_values_warnv (val1, val2, &sop);
1307
  if (sop
1308
      && (!is_gimple_min_invariant (val1) || !is_gimple_min_invariant (val2)))
1309
    ret = -2;
1310
  return ret;
1311
}
1312
 
1313
 
1314
/* Return 1 if VAL is inside value range VR (VR->MIN <= VAL <= VR->MAX),
1315
 
1316
         -2 if we cannot tell either way.
1317
 
1318
   FIXME, the current semantics of this functions are a bit quirky
1319
          when taken in the context of VRP.  In here we do not care
1320
          about VR's type.  If VR is the anti-range ~[3, 5] the call
1321
          value_inside_range (4, VR) will return 1.
1322
 
1323
          This is counter-intuitive in a strict sense, but the callers
1324
          currently expect this.  They are calling the function
1325
          merely to determine whether VR->MIN <= VAL <= VR->MAX.  The
1326
          callers are applying the VR_RANGE/VR_ANTI_RANGE semantics
1327
          themselves.
1328
 
1329
          This also applies to value_ranges_intersect_p and
1330
          range_includes_zero_p.  The semantics of VR_RANGE and
1331
          VR_ANTI_RANGE should be encoded here, but that also means
1332
          adapting the users of these functions to the new semantics.
1333
 
1334
   Benchmark compile/20001226-1.c compilation time after changing this
1335
   function.  */
1336
 
1337
static inline int
1338
value_inside_range (tree val, value_range_t * vr)
1339
{
1340
  int cmp1, cmp2;
1341
 
1342
  cmp1 = operand_less_p (val, vr->min);
1343
  if (cmp1 == -2)
1344
    return -2;
1345
  if (cmp1 == 1)
1346
    return 0;
1347
 
1348
  cmp2 = operand_less_p (vr->max, val);
1349
  if (cmp2 == -2)
1350
    return -2;
1351
 
1352
  return !cmp2;
1353
}
1354
 
1355
 
1356
/* Return true if value ranges VR0 and VR1 have a non-empty
1357
   intersection.
1358
 
1359
   Benchmark compile/20001226-1.c compilation time after changing this
1360
   function.
1361
   */
1362
 
1363
static inline bool
1364
value_ranges_intersect_p (value_range_t *vr0, value_range_t *vr1)
1365
{
1366
  /* The value ranges do not intersect if the maximum of the first range is
1367
     less than the minimum of the second range or vice versa.
1368
     When those relations are unknown, we can't do any better.  */
1369
  if (operand_less_p (vr0->max, vr1->min) != 0)
1370
    return false;
1371
  if (operand_less_p (vr1->max, vr0->min) != 0)
1372
    return false;
1373
  return true;
1374
}
1375
 
1376
 
1377
/* Return true if VR includes the value zero, false otherwise.  FIXME,
1378
   currently this will return false for an anti-range like ~[-4, 3].
1379
   This will be wrong when the semantics of value_inside_range are
1380
   modified (currently the users of this function expect these
1381
   semantics).  */
1382
 
1383
static inline bool
1384
range_includes_zero_p (value_range_t *vr)
1385
{
1386
  tree zero;
1387
 
1388
  gcc_assert (vr->type != VR_UNDEFINED
1389
              && vr->type != VR_VARYING
1390
              && !symbolic_range_p (vr));
1391
 
1392
  zero = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr->min), 0);
1393
  return (value_inside_range (zero, vr) == 1);
1394
}
1395
 
1396
/* Return true if *VR is know to only contain nonnegative values.  */
1397
 
1398
static inline bool
1399
value_range_nonnegative_p (value_range_t *vr)
1400
{
1401
  /* Testing for VR_ANTI_RANGE is not useful here as any anti-range
1402
     which would return a useful value should be encoded as a
1403
     VR_RANGE.  */
1404
  if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
1405
    {
1406
      int result = compare_values (vr->min, integer_zero_node);
1407
      return (result == 0 || result == 1);
1408
    }
1409
 
1410
  return false;
1411
}
1412
 
1413
/* Return true if T, an SSA_NAME, is known to be nonnegative.  Return
1414
   false otherwise or if no value range information is available.  */
1415
 
1416
bool
1417
ssa_name_nonnegative_p (const_tree t)
1418
{
1419
  value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (t);
1420
 
1421
  if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (t)
1422
      && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t))
1423
    return true;
1424
 
1425
  if (!vr)
1426
    return false;
1427
 
1428
  return value_range_nonnegative_p (vr);
1429
}
1430
 
1431
/* If *VR has a value rante that is a single constant value return that,
1432
   otherwise return NULL_TREE.  */
1433
 
1434
static tree
1435
value_range_constant_singleton (value_range_t *vr)
1436
{
1437
  if (vr->type == VR_RANGE
1438
      && operand_equal_p (vr->min, vr->max, 0)
1439
      && is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->min))
1440
    return vr->min;
1441
 
1442
  return NULL_TREE;
1443
}
1444
 
1445
/* If OP has a value range with a single constant value return that,
1446
   otherwise return NULL_TREE.  This returns OP itself if OP is a
1447
   constant.  */
1448
 
1449
static tree
1450
op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (tree op)
1451
{
1452
  if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op))
1453
    return op;
1454
 
1455
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
1456
    return NULL_TREE;
1457
 
1458
  return value_range_constant_singleton (get_value_range (op));
1459
}
1460
 
1461
/* Return true if op is in a boolean [0, 1] value-range.  */
1462
 
1463
static bool
1464
op_with_boolean_value_range_p (tree op)
1465
{
1466
  value_range_t *vr;
1467
 
1468
  if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op)) == 1)
1469
    return true;
1470
 
1471
  if (integer_zerop (op)
1472
      || integer_onep (op))
1473
    return true;
1474
 
1475
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
1476
    return false;
1477
 
1478
  vr = get_value_range (op);
1479
  return (vr->type == VR_RANGE
1480
          && integer_zerop (vr->min)
1481
          && integer_onep (vr->max));
1482
}
1483
 
1484
/* Extract value range information from an ASSERT_EXPR EXPR and store
1485
   it in *VR_P.  */
1486
 
1487
static void
1488
extract_range_from_assert (value_range_t *vr_p, tree expr)
1489
{
1490
  tree var, cond, limit, min, max, type;
1491
  value_range_t *var_vr, *limit_vr;
1492
  enum tree_code cond_code;
1493
 
1494
  var = ASSERT_EXPR_VAR (expr);
1495
  cond = ASSERT_EXPR_COND (expr);
1496
 
1497
  gcc_assert (COMPARISON_CLASS_P (cond));
1498
 
1499
  /* Find VAR in the ASSERT_EXPR conditional.  */
1500
  if (var == TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0)
1501
      || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR
1502
      || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0)) == NOP_EXPR)
1503
    {
1504
      /* If the predicate is of the form VAR COMP LIMIT, then we just
1505
         take LIMIT from the RHS and use the same comparison code.  */
1506
      cond_code = TREE_CODE (cond);
1507
      limit = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1);
1508
      cond = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0);
1509
    }
1510
  else
1511
    {
1512
      /* If the predicate is of the form LIMIT COMP VAR, then we need
1513
         to flip around the comparison code to create the proper range
1514
         for VAR.  */
1515
      cond_code = swap_tree_comparison (TREE_CODE (cond));
1516
      limit = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0);
1517
      cond = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1);
1518
    }
1519
 
1520
  limit = avoid_overflow_infinity (limit);
1521
 
1522
  type = TREE_TYPE (var);
1523
  gcc_assert (limit != var);
1524
 
1525
  /* For pointer arithmetic, we only keep track of pointer equality
1526
     and inequality.  */
1527
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type) && cond_code != NE_EXPR && cond_code != EQ_EXPR)
1528
    {
1529
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1530
      return;
1531
    }
1532
 
1533
  /* If LIMIT is another SSA name and LIMIT has a range of its own,
1534
     try to use LIMIT's range to avoid creating symbolic ranges
1535
     unnecessarily. */
1536
  limit_vr = (TREE_CODE (limit) == SSA_NAME) ? get_value_range (limit) : NULL;
1537
 
1538
  /* LIMIT's range is only interesting if it has any useful information.  */
1539
  if (limit_vr
1540
      && (limit_vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED
1541
          || limit_vr->type == VR_VARYING
1542
          || symbolic_range_p (limit_vr)))
1543
    limit_vr = NULL;
1544
 
1545
  /* Initially, the new range has the same set of equivalences of
1546
     VAR's range.  This will be revised before returning the final
1547
     value.  Since assertions may be chained via mutually exclusive
1548
     predicates, we will need to trim the set of equivalences before
1549
     we are done.  */
1550
  gcc_assert (vr_p->equiv == NULL);
1551
  add_equivalence (&vr_p->equiv, var);
1552
 
1553
  /* Extract a new range based on the asserted comparison for VAR and
1554
     LIMIT's value range.  Notice that if LIMIT has an anti-range, we
1555
     will only use it for equality comparisons (EQ_EXPR).  For any
1556
     other kind of assertion, we cannot derive a range from LIMIT's
1557
     anti-range that can be used to describe the new range.  For
1558
     instance, ASSERT_EXPR <x_2, x_2 <= b_4>.  If b_4 is ~[2, 10],
1559
     then b_4 takes on the ranges [-INF, 1] and [11, +INF].  There is
1560
     no single range for x_2 that could describe LE_EXPR, so we might
1561
     as well build the range [b_4, +INF] for it.
1562
     One special case we handle is extracting a range from a
1563
     range test encoded as (unsigned)var + CST <= limit.  */
1564
  if (TREE_CODE (cond) == NOP_EXPR
1565
      || TREE_CODE (cond) == PLUS_EXPR)
1566
    {
1567
      if (TREE_CODE (cond) == PLUS_EXPR)
1568
        {
1569
          min = fold_build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1)),
1570
                             TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1));
1571
          max = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, limit, min);
1572
          cond = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0);
1573
        }
1574
      else
1575
        {
1576
          min = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (var), 0);
1577
          max = limit;
1578
        }
1579
 
1580
      /* Make sure to not set TREE_OVERFLOW on the final type
1581
         conversion.  We are willingly interpreting large positive
1582
         unsigned values as negative singed values here.  */
1583
      min = force_fit_type_double (TREE_TYPE (var), tree_to_double_int (min),
1584
                                   0, false);
1585
      max = force_fit_type_double (TREE_TYPE (var), tree_to_double_int (max),
1586
                                   0, false);
1587
 
1588
      /* We can transform a max, min range to an anti-range or
1589
         vice-versa.  Use set_and_canonicalize_value_range which does
1590
         this for us.  */
1591
      if (cond_code == LE_EXPR)
1592
        set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE,
1593
                                          min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1594
      else if (cond_code == GT_EXPR)
1595
        set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr_p, VR_ANTI_RANGE,
1596
                                          min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1597
      else
1598
        gcc_unreachable ();
1599
    }
1600
  else if (cond_code == EQ_EXPR)
1601
    {
1602
      enum value_range_type range_type;
1603
 
1604
      if (limit_vr)
1605
        {
1606
          range_type = limit_vr->type;
1607
          min = limit_vr->min;
1608
          max = limit_vr->max;
1609
        }
1610
      else
1611
        {
1612
          range_type = VR_RANGE;
1613
          min = limit;
1614
          max = limit;
1615
        }
1616
 
1617
      set_value_range (vr_p, range_type, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1618
 
1619
      /* When asserting the equality VAR == LIMIT and LIMIT is another
1620
         SSA name, the new range will also inherit the equivalence set
1621
         from LIMIT.  */
1622
      if (TREE_CODE (limit) == SSA_NAME)
1623
        add_equivalence (&vr_p->equiv, limit);
1624
    }
1625
  else if (cond_code == NE_EXPR)
1626
    {
1627
      /* As described above, when LIMIT's range is an anti-range and
1628
         this assertion is an inequality (NE_EXPR), then we cannot
1629
         derive anything from the anti-range.  For instance, if
1630
         LIMIT's range was ~[0, 0], the assertion 'VAR != LIMIT' does
1631
         not imply that VAR's range is [0, 0].  So, in the case of
1632
         anti-ranges, we just assert the inequality using LIMIT and
1633
         not its anti-range.
1634
 
1635
         If LIMIT_VR is a range, we can only use it to build a new
1636
         anti-range if LIMIT_VR is a single-valued range.  For
1637
         instance, if LIMIT_VR is [0, 1], the predicate
1638
         VAR != [0, 1] does not mean that VAR's range is ~[0, 1].
1639
         Rather, it means that for value 0 VAR should be ~[0, 0]
1640
         and for value 1, VAR should be ~[1, 1].  We cannot
1641
         represent these ranges.
1642
 
1643
         The only situation in which we can build a valid
1644
         anti-range is when LIMIT_VR is a single-valued range
1645
         (i.e., LIMIT_VR->MIN == LIMIT_VR->MAX).  In that case,
1646
         build the anti-range ~[LIMIT_VR->MIN, LIMIT_VR->MAX].  */
1647
      if (limit_vr
1648
          && limit_vr->type == VR_RANGE
1649
          && compare_values (limit_vr->min, limit_vr->max) == 0)
1650
        {
1651
          min = limit_vr->min;
1652
          max = limit_vr->max;
1653
        }
1654
      else
1655
        {
1656
          /* In any other case, we cannot use LIMIT's range to build a
1657
             valid anti-range.  */
1658
          min = max = limit;
1659
        }
1660
 
1661
      /* If MIN and MAX cover the whole range for their type, then
1662
         just use the original LIMIT.  */
1663
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
1664
          && vrp_val_is_min (min)
1665
          && vrp_val_is_max (max))
1666
        min = max = limit;
1667
 
1668
      set_value_range (vr_p, VR_ANTI_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1669
    }
1670
  else if (cond_code == LE_EXPR || cond_code == LT_EXPR)
1671
    {
1672
      min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
1673
 
1674
      if (limit_vr == NULL || limit_vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
1675
        max = limit;
1676
      else
1677
        {
1678
          /* If LIMIT_VR is of the form [N1, N2], we need to build the
1679
             range [MIN, N2] for LE_EXPR and [MIN, N2 - 1] for
1680
             LT_EXPR.  */
1681
          max = limit_vr->max;
1682
        }
1683
 
1684
      /* If the maximum value forces us to be out of bounds, simply punt.
1685
         It would be pointless to try and do anything more since this
1686
         all should be optimized away above us.  */
1687
      if ((cond_code == LT_EXPR
1688
           && compare_values (max, min) == 0)
1689
          || (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (max) && TREE_OVERFLOW (max)))
1690
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1691
      else
1692
        {
1693
          /* For LT_EXPR, we create the range [MIN, MAX - 1].  */
1694
          if (cond_code == LT_EXPR)
1695
            {
1696
              if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (max)) == 1
1697
                  && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (max)))
1698
                max = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (max), max,
1699
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), -1));
1700
              else
1701
                max = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (max), max,
1702
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), 1));
1703
              if (EXPR_P (max))
1704
                TREE_NO_WARNING (max) = 1;
1705
            }
1706
 
1707
          set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1708
        }
1709
    }
1710
  else if (cond_code == GE_EXPR || cond_code == GT_EXPR)
1711
    {
1712
      max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
1713
 
1714
      if (limit_vr == NULL || limit_vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
1715
        min = limit;
1716
      else
1717
        {
1718
          /* If LIMIT_VR is of the form [N1, N2], we need to build the
1719
             range [N1, MAX] for GE_EXPR and [N1 + 1, MAX] for
1720
             GT_EXPR.  */
1721
          min = limit_vr->min;
1722
        }
1723
 
1724
      /* If the minimum value forces us to be out of bounds, simply punt.
1725
         It would be pointless to try and do anything more since this
1726
         all should be optimized away above us.  */
1727
      if ((cond_code == GT_EXPR
1728
           && compare_values (min, max) == 0)
1729
          || (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (min) && TREE_OVERFLOW (min)))
1730
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1731
      else
1732
        {
1733
          /* For GT_EXPR, we create the range [MIN + 1, MAX].  */
1734
          if (cond_code == GT_EXPR)
1735
            {
1736
              if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (min)) == 1
1737
                  && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (min)))
1738
                min = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min,
1739
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), -1));
1740
              else
1741
                min = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min,
1742
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 1));
1743
              if (EXPR_P (min))
1744
                TREE_NO_WARNING (min) = 1;
1745
            }
1746
 
1747
          set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1748
        }
1749
    }
1750
  else
1751
    gcc_unreachable ();
1752
 
1753
  /* If VAR already had a known range, it may happen that the new
1754
     range we have computed and VAR's range are not compatible.  For
1755
     instance,
1756
 
1757
        if (p_5 == NULL)
1758
          p_6 = ASSERT_EXPR <p_5, p_5 == NULL>;
1759
          x_7 = p_6->fld;
1760
          p_8 = ASSERT_EXPR <p_6, p_6 != NULL>;
1761
 
1762
     While the above comes from a faulty program, it will cause an ICE
1763
     later because p_8 and p_6 will have incompatible ranges and at
1764
     the same time will be considered equivalent.  A similar situation
1765
     would arise from
1766
 
1767
        if (i_5 > 10)
1768
          i_6 = ASSERT_EXPR <i_5, i_5 > 10>;
1769
          if (i_5 < 5)
1770
            i_7 = ASSERT_EXPR <i_6, i_6 < 5>;
1771
 
1772
     Again i_6 and i_7 will have incompatible ranges.  It would be
1773
     pointless to try and do anything with i_7's range because
1774
     anything dominated by 'if (i_5 < 5)' will be optimized away.
1775
     Note, due to the wa in which simulation proceeds, the statement
1776
     i_7 = ASSERT_EXPR <...> we would never be visited because the
1777
     conditional 'if (i_5 < 5)' always evaluates to false.  However,
1778
     this extra check does not hurt and may protect against future
1779
     changes to VRP that may get into a situation similar to the
1780
     NULL pointer dereference example.
1781
 
1782
     Note that these compatibility tests are only needed when dealing
1783
     with ranges or a mix of range and anti-range.  If VAR_VR and VR_P
1784
     are both anti-ranges, they will always be compatible, because two
1785
     anti-ranges will always have a non-empty intersection.  */
1786
 
1787
  var_vr = get_value_range (var);
1788
 
1789
  /* We may need to make adjustments when VR_P and VAR_VR are numeric
1790
     ranges or anti-ranges.  */
1791
  if (vr_p->type == VR_VARYING
1792
      || vr_p->type == VR_UNDEFINED
1793
      || var_vr->type == VR_VARYING
1794
      || var_vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED
1795
      || symbolic_range_p (vr_p)
1796
      || symbolic_range_p (var_vr))
1797
    return;
1798
 
1799
  if (var_vr->type == VR_RANGE && vr_p->type == VR_RANGE)
1800
    {
1801
      /* If the two ranges have a non-empty intersection, we can
1802
         refine the resulting range.  Since the assert expression
1803
         creates an equivalency and at the same time it asserts a
1804
         predicate, we can take the intersection of the two ranges to
1805
         get better precision.  */
1806
      if (value_ranges_intersect_p (var_vr, vr_p))
1807
        {
1808
          /* Use the larger of the two minimums.  */
1809
          if (compare_values (vr_p->min, var_vr->min) == -1)
1810
            min = var_vr->min;
1811
          else
1812
            min = vr_p->min;
1813
 
1814
          /* Use the smaller of the two maximums.  */
1815
          if (compare_values (vr_p->max, var_vr->max) == 1)
1816
            max = var_vr->max;
1817
          else
1818
            max = vr_p->max;
1819
 
1820
          set_value_range (vr_p, vr_p->type, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1821
        }
1822
      else
1823
        {
1824
          /* The two ranges do not intersect, set the new range to
1825
             VARYING, because we will not be able to do anything
1826
             meaningful with it.  */
1827
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1828
        }
1829
    }
1830
  else if ((var_vr->type == VR_RANGE && vr_p->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
1831
           || (var_vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE && vr_p->type == VR_RANGE))
1832
    {
1833
      /* A range and an anti-range will cancel each other only if
1834
         their ends are the same.  For instance, in the example above,
1835
         p_8's range ~[0, 0] and p_6's range [0, 0] are incompatible,
1836
         so VR_P should be set to VR_VARYING.  */
1837
      if (compare_values (var_vr->min, vr_p->min) == 0
1838
          && compare_values (var_vr->max, vr_p->max) == 0)
1839
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1840
      else
1841
        {
1842
          tree min, max, anti_min, anti_max, real_min, real_max;
1843
          int cmp;
1844
 
1845
          /* We want to compute the logical AND of the two ranges;
1846
             there are three cases to consider.
1847
 
1848
 
1849
             1. The VR_ANTI_RANGE range is completely within the
1850
                VR_RANGE and the endpoints of the ranges are
1851
                different.  In that case the resulting range
1852
                should be whichever range is more precise.
1853
                Typically that will be the VR_RANGE.
1854
 
1855
             2. The VR_ANTI_RANGE is completely disjoint from
1856
                the VR_RANGE.  In this case the resulting range
1857
                should be the VR_RANGE.
1858
 
1859
             3. There is some overlap between the VR_ANTI_RANGE
1860
                and the VR_RANGE.
1861
 
1862
                3a. If the high limit of the VR_ANTI_RANGE resides
1863
                    within the VR_RANGE, then the result is a new
1864
                    VR_RANGE starting at the high limit of the
1865
                    VR_ANTI_RANGE + 1 and extending to the
1866
                    high limit of the original VR_RANGE.
1867
 
1868
                3b. If the low limit of the VR_ANTI_RANGE resides
1869
                    within the VR_RANGE, then the result is a new
1870
                    VR_RANGE starting at the low limit of the original
1871
                    VR_RANGE and extending to the low limit of the
1872
                    VR_ANTI_RANGE - 1.  */
1873
          if (vr_p->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
1874
            {
1875
              anti_min = vr_p->min;
1876
              anti_max = vr_p->max;
1877
              real_min = var_vr->min;
1878
              real_max = var_vr->max;
1879
            }
1880
          else
1881
            {
1882
              anti_min = var_vr->min;
1883
              anti_max = var_vr->max;
1884
              real_min = vr_p->min;
1885
              real_max = vr_p->max;
1886
            }
1887
 
1888
 
1889
          /* Case 1, VR_ANTI_RANGE completely within VR_RANGE,
1890
             not including any endpoints.  */
1891
          if (compare_values (anti_max, real_max) == -1
1892
              && compare_values (anti_min, real_min) == 1)
1893
            {
1894
              /* If the range is covering the whole valid range of
1895
                 the type keep the anti-range.  */
1896
              if (!vrp_val_is_min (real_min)
1897
                  || !vrp_val_is_max (real_max))
1898
                set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, real_min,
1899
                                 real_max, vr_p->equiv);
1900
            }
1901
          /* Case 2, VR_ANTI_RANGE completely disjoint from
1902
             VR_RANGE.  */
1903
          else if (compare_values (anti_min, real_max) == 1
1904
                   || compare_values (anti_max, real_min) == -1)
1905
            {
1906
              set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, real_min,
1907
                               real_max, vr_p->equiv);
1908
            }
1909
          /* Case 3a, the anti-range extends into the low
1910
             part of the real range.  Thus creating a new
1911
             low for the real range.  */
1912
          else if (((cmp = compare_values (anti_max, real_min)) == 1
1913
                    || cmp == 0)
1914
                   && compare_values (anti_max, real_max) == -1)
1915
            {
1916
              gcc_assert (!is_positive_overflow_infinity (anti_max));
1917
              if (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (anti_max))
1918
                  && vrp_val_is_max (anti_max))
1919
                {
1920
                  if (!supports_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)))
1921
                    {
1922
                      set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1923
                      return;
1924
                    }
1925
                  min = positive_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min));
1926
                }
1927
              else if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)))
1928
                {
1929
                  if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)) == 1
1930
                      && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)))
1931
                    min = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1932
                                       anti_max,
1933
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1934
                                                      -1));
1935
                  else
1936
                    min = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1937
                                       anti_max,
1938
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1939
                                                      1));
1940
                }
1941
              else
1942
                min = fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (anti_max, 1);
1943
              max = real_max;
1944
              set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1945
            }
1946
          /* Case 3b, the anti-range extends into the high
1947
             part of the real range.  Thus creating a new
1948
             higher for the real range.  */
1949
          else if (compare_values (anti_min, real_min) == 1
1950
                   && ((cmp = compare_values (anti_min, real_max)) == -1
1951
                       || cmp == 0))
1952
            {
1953
              gcc_assert (!is_negative_overflow_infinity (anti_min));
1954
              if (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (anti_min))
1955
                  && vrp_val_is_min (anti_min))
1956
                {
1957
                  if (!supports_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)))
1958
                    {
1959
                      set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
1960
                      return;
1961
                    }
1962
                  max = negative_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min));
1963
                }
1964
              else if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)))
1965
                {
1966
                  if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)) == 1
1967
                      && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min)))
1968
                    max = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1969
                                       anti_min,
1970
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1971
                                                      -1));
1972
                  else
1973
                    max = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1974
                                       anti_min,
1975
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (var_vr->min),
1976
                                                      1));
1977
                }
1978
              else
1979
                max = fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (anti_min, -1);
1980
              min = real_min;
1981
              set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
1982
            }
1983
        }
1984
    }
1985
}
1986
 
1987
 
1988
/* Extract range information from SSA name VAR and store it in VR.  If
1989
   VAR has an interesting range, use it.  Otherwise, create the
1990
   range [VAR, VAR] and return it.  This is useful in situations where
1991
   we may have conditionals testing values of VARYING names.  For
1992
   instance,
1993
 
1994
        x_3 = y_5;
1995
        if (x_3 > y_5)
1996
          ...
1997
 
1998
    Even if y_5 is deemed VARYING, we can determine that x_3 > y_5 is
1999
    always false.  */
2000
 
2001
static void
2002
extract_range_from_ssa_name (value_range_t *vr, tree var)
2003
{
2004
  value_range_t *var_vr = get_value_range (var);
2005
 
2006
  if (var_vr->type != VR_UNDEFINED && var_vr->type != VR_VARYING)
2007
    copy_value_range (vr, var_vr);
2008
  else
2009
    set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, var, var, NULL);
2010
 
2011
  add_equivalence (&vr->equiv, var);
2012
}
2013
 
2014
 
2015
/* Wrapper around int_const_binop.  If the operation overflows and we
2016
   are not using wrapping arithmetic, then adjust the result to be
2017
   -INF or +INF depending on CODE, VAL1 and VAL2.  This can return
2018
   NULL_TREE if we need to use an overflow infinity representation but
2019
   the type does not support it.  */
2020
 
2021
static tree
2022
vrp_int_const_binop (enum tree_code code, tree val1, tree val2)
2023
{
2024
  tree res;
2025
 
2026
  res = int_const_binop (code, val1, val2);
2027
 
2028
  /* If we are using unsigned arithmetic, operate symbolically
2029
     on -INF and +INF as int_const_binop only handles signed overflow.  */
2030
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val1)))
2031
    {
2032
      int checkz = compare_values (res, val1);
2033
      bool overflow = false;
2034
 
2035
      /* Ensure that res = val1 [+*] val2 >= val1
2036
         or that res = val1 - val2 <= val1.  */
2037
      if ((code == PLUS_EXPR
2038
           && !(checkz == 1 || checkz == 0))
2039
          || (code == MINUS_EXPR
2040
              && !(checkz == 0 || checkz == -1)))
2041
        {
2042
          overflow = true;
2043
        }
2044
      /* Checking for multiplication overflow is done by dividing the
2045
         output of the multiplication by the first input of the
2046
         multiplication.  If the result of that division operation is
2047
         not equal to the second input of the multiplication, then the
2048
         multiplication overflowed.  */
2049
      else if (code == MULT_EXPR && !integer_zerop (val1))
2050
        {
2051
          tree tmp = int_const_binop (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR,
2052
                                      res,
2053
                                      val1);
2054
          int check = compare_values (tmp, val2);
2055
 
2056
          if (check != 0)
2057
            overflow = true;
2058
        }
2059
 
2060
      if (overflow)
2061
        {
2062
          res = copy_node (res);
2063
          TREE_OVERFLOW (res) = 1;
2064
        }
2065
 
2066
    }
2067
  else if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (TREE_TYPE (val1)))
2068
    /* If the singed operation wraps then int_const_binop has done
2069
       everything we want.  */
2070
    ;
2071
  else if ((TREE_OVERFLOW (res)
2072
            && !TREE_OVERFLOW (val1)
2073
            && !TREE_OVERFLOW (val2))
2074
           || is_overflow_infinity (val1)
2075
           || is_overflow_infinity (val2))
2076
    {
2077
      /* If the operation overflowed but neither VAL1 nor VAL2 are
2078
         overflown, return -INF or +INF depending on the operation
2079
         and the combination of signs of the operands.  */
2080
      int sgn1 = tree_int_cst_sgn (val1);
2081
      int sgn2 = tree_int_cst_sgn (val2);
2082
 
2083
      if (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (res))
2084
          && !supports_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (res)))
2085
        return NULL_TREE;
2086
 
2087
      /* We have to punt on adding infinities of different signs,
2088
         since we can't tell what the sign of the result should be.
2089
         Likewise for subtracting infinities of the same sign.  */
2090
      if (((code == PLUS_EXPR && sgn1 != sgn2)
2091
           || (code == MINUS_EXPR && sgn1 == sgn2))
2092
          && is_overflow_infinity (val1)
2093
          && is_overflow_infinity (val2))
2094
        return NULL_TREE;
2095
 
2096
      /* Don't try to handle division or shifting of infinities.  */
2097
      if ((code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
2098
           || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
2099
           || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
2100
           || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
2101
           || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR
2102
           || code == RSHIFT_EXPR)
2103
          && (is_overflow_infinity (val1)
2104
              || is_overflow_infinity (val2)))
2105
        return NULL_TREE;
2106
 
2107
      /* Notice that we only need to handle the restricted set of
2108
         operations handled by extract_range_from_binary_expr.
2109
         Among them, only multiplication, addition and subtraction
2110
         can yield overflow without overflown operands because we
2111
         are working with integral types only... except in the
2112
         case VAL1 = -INF and VAL2 = -1 which overflows to +INF
2113
         for division too.  */
2114
 
2115
      /* For multiplication, the sign of the overflow is given
2116
         by the comparison of the signs of the operands.  */
2117
      if ((code == MULT_EXPR && sgn1 == sgn2)
2118
          /* For addition, the operands must be of the same sign
2119
             to yield an overflow.  Its sign is therefore that
2120
             of one of the operands, for example the first.  For
2121
             infinite operands X + -INF is negative, not positive.  */
2122
          || (code == PLUS_EXPR
2123
              && (sgn1 >= 0
2124
                  ? !is_negative_overflow_infinity (val2)
2125
                  : is_positive_overflow_infinity (val2)))
2126
          /* For subtraction, non-infinite operands must be of
2127
             different signs to yield an overflow.  Its sign is
2128
             therefore that of the first operand or the opposite of
2129
             that of the second operand.  A first operand of 0 counts
2130
             as positive here, for the corner case 0 - (-INF), which
2131
             overflows, but must yield +INF.  For infinite operands 0
2132
             - INF is negative, not positive.  */
2133
          || (code == MINUS_EXPR
2134
              && (sgn1 >= 0
2135
                  ? !is_positive_overflow_infinity (val2)
2136
                  : is_negative_overflow_infinity (val2)))
2137
          /* We only get in here with positive shift count, so the
2138
             overflow direction is the same as the sign of val1.
2139
             Actually rshift does not overflow at all, but we only
2140
             handle the case of shifting overflowed -INF and +INF.  */
2141
          || (code == RSHIFT_EXPR
2142
              && sgn1 >= 0)
2143
          /* For division, the only case is -INF / -1 = +INF.  */
2144
          || code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
2145
          || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
2146
          || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
2147
          || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
2148
          || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR)
2149
        return (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (res))
2150
                ? positive_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (res))
2151
                : TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (res)));
2152
      else
2153
        return (needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (res))
2154
                ? negative_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (res))
2155
                : TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (res)));
2156
    }
2157
 
2158
  return res;
2159
}
2160
 
2161
 
2162
/* For range VR compute two double_int bitmasks.  In *MAY_BE_NONZERO
2163
   bitmask if some bit is unset, it means for all numbers in the range
2164
   the bit is 0, otherwise it might be 0 or 1.  In *MUST_BE_NONZERO
2165
   bitmask if some bit is set, it means for all numbers in the range
2166
   the bit is 1, otherwise it might be 0 or 1.  */
2167
 
2168
static bool
2169
zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (value_range_t *vr,
2170
                           double_int *may_be_nonzero,
2171
                           double_int *must_be_nonzero)
2172
{
2173
  *may_be_nonzero = double_int_minus_one;
2174
  *must_be_nonzero = double_int_zero;
2175
  if (!range_int_cst_p (vr))
2176
    return false;
2177
 
2178
  if (range_int_cst_singleton_p (vr))
2179
    {
2180
      *may_be_nonzero = tree_to_double_int (vr->min);
2181
      *must_be_nonzero = *may_be_nonzero;
2182
    }
2183
  else if (tree_int_cst_sgn (vr->min) >= 0
2184
           || tree_int_cst_sgn (vr->max) < 0)
2185
    {
2186
      double_int dmin = tree_to_double_int (vr->min);
2187
      double_int dmax = tree_to_double_int (vr->max);
2188
      double_int xor_mask = double_int_xor (dmin, dmax);
2189
      *may_be_nonzero = double_int_ior (dmin, dmax);
2190
      *must_be_nonzero = double_int_and (dmin, dmax);
2191
      if (xor_mask.high != 0)
2192
        {
2193
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
2194
              = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
2195
                 << floor_log2 (xor_mask.high)) - 1;
2196
          may_be_nonzero->low = ALL_ONES;
2197
          may_be_nonzero->high |= mask;
2198
          must_be_nonzero->low = 0;
2199
          must_be_nonzero->high &= ~mask;
2200
        }
2201
      else if (xor_mask.low != 0)
2202
        {
2203
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
2204
              = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
2205
                 << floor_log2 (xor_mask.low)) - 1;
2206
          may_be_nonzero->low |= mask;
2207
          must_be_nonzero->low &= ~mask;
2208
        }
2209
    }
2210
 
2211
  return true;
2212
}
2213
 
2214
/* Helper to extract a value-range *VR for a multiplicative operation
2215
   *VR0 CODE *VR1.  */
2216
 
2217
static void
2218
extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (value_range_t *vr,
2219
                                        enum tree_code code,
2220
                                        value_range_t *vr0, value_range_t *vr1)
2221
{
2222
  enum value_range_type type;
2223
  tree val[4];
2224
  size_t i;
2225
  tree min, max;
2226
  bool sop;
2227
  int cmp;
2228
 
2229
  /* Multiplications, divisions and shifts are a bit tricky to handle,
2230
     depending on the mix of signs we have in the two ranges, we
2231
     need to operate on different values to get the minimum and
2232
     maximum values for the new range.  One approach is to figure
2233
     out all the variations of range combinations and do the
2234
     operations.
2235
 
2236
     However, this involves several calls to compare_values and it
2237
     is pretty convoluted.  It's simpler to do the 4 operations
2238
     (MIN0 OP MIN1, MIN0 OP MAX1, MAX0 OP MIN1 and MAX0 OP MAX0 OP
2239
     MAX1) and then figure the smallest and largest values to form
2240
     the new range.  */
2241
  gcc_assert (code == MULT_EXPR
2242
              || code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
2243
              || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
2244
              || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
2245
              || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
2246
              || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR
2247
              || code == RSHIFT_EXPR);
2248
  gcc_assert ((vr0->type == VR_RANGE
2249
               || (code == MULT_EXPR && vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE))
2250
              && vr0->type == vr1->type);
2251
 
2252
  type = vr0->type;
2253
 
2254
  /* Compute the 4 cross operations.  */
2255
  sop = false;
2256
  val[0] = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->min, vr1->min);
2257
  if (val[0] == NULL_TREE)
2258
    sop = true;
2259
 
2260
  if (vr1->max == vr1->min)
2261
    val[1] = NULL_TREE;
2262
  else
2263
    {
2264
      val[1] = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->min, vr1->max);
2265
      if (val[1] == NULL_TREE)
2266
        sop = true;
2267
    }
2268
 
2269
  if (vr0->max == vr0->min)
2270
    val[2] = NULL_TREE;
2271
  else
2272
    {
2273
      val[2] = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->max, vr1->min);
2274
      if (val[2] == NULL_TREE)
2275
        sop = true;
2276
    }
2277
 
2278
  if (vr0->min == vr0->max || vr1->min == vr1->max)
2279
    val[3] = NULL_TREE;
2280
  else
2281
    {
2282
      val[3] = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->max, vr1->max);
2283
      if (val[3] == NULL_TREE)
2284
        sop = true;
2285
    }
2286
 
2287
  if (sop)
2288
    {
2289
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2290
      return;
2291
    }
2292
 
2293
  /* Set MIN to the minimum of VAL[i] and MAX to the maximum
2294
     of VAL[i].  */
2295
  min = val[0];
2296
  max = val[0];
2297
  for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
2298
    {
2299
      if (!is_gimple_min_invariant (min)
2300
          || (TREE_OVERFLOW (min) && !is_overflow_infinity (min))
2301
          || !is_gimple_min_invariant (max)
2302
          || (TREE_OVERFLOW (max) && !is_overflow_infinity (max)))
2303
        break;
2304
 
2305
      if (val[i])
2306
        {
2307
          if (!is_gimple_min_invariant (val[i])
2308
              || (TREE_OVERFLOW (val[i])
2309
                  && !is_overflow_infinity (val[i])))
2310
            {
2311
              /* If we found an overflowed value, set MIN and MAX
2312
                 to it so that we set the resulting range to
2313
                 VARYING.  */
2314
              min = max = val[i];
2315
              break;
2316
            }
2317
 
2318
          if (compare_values (val[i], min) == -1)
2319
            min = val[i];
2320
 
2321
          if (compare_values (val[i], max) == 1)
2322
            max = val[i];
2323
        }
2324
    }
2325
 
2326
  /* If either MIN or MAX overflowed, then set the resulting range to
2327
     VARYING.  But we do accept an overflow infinity
2328
     representation.  */
2329
  if (min == NULL_TREE
2330
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (min)
2331
      || (TREE_OVERFLOW (min) && !is_overflow_infinity (min))
2332
      || max == NULL_TREE
2333
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (max)
2334
      || (TREE_OVERFLOW (max) && !is_overflow_infinity (max)))
2335
    {
2336
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2337
      return;
2338
    }
2339
 
2340
  /* We punt if:
2341
     1) [-INF, +INF]
2342
     2) [-INF, +-INF(OVF)]
2343
     3) [+-INF(OVF), +INF]
2344
     4) [+-INF(OVF), +-INF(OVF)]
2345
     We learn nothing when we have INF and INF(OVF) on both sides.
2346
     Note that we do accept [-INF, -INF] and [+INF, +INF] without
2347
     overflow.  */
2348
  if ((vrp_val_is_min (min) || is_overflow_infinity (min))
2349
      && (vrp_val_is_max (max) || is_overflow_infinity (max)))
2350
    {
2351
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2352
      return;
2353
    }
2354
 
2355
  cmp = compare_values (min, max);
2356
  if (cmp == -2 || cmp == 1)
2357
    {
2358
      /* If the new range has its limits swapped around (MIN > MAX),
2359
         then the operation caused one of them to wrap around, mark
2360
         the new range VARYING.  */
2361
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2362
    }
2363
  else
2364
    set_value_range (vr, type, min, max, NULL);
2365
}
2366
 
2367
/* Extract range information from a binary operation CODE based on
2368
   the ranges of each of its operands, *VR0 and *VR1 with resulting
2369
   type EXPR_TYPE.  The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */
2370
 
2371
static void
2372
extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (value_range_t *vr,
2373
                                  enum tree_code code, tree expr_type,
2374
                                  value_range_t *vr0_, value_range_t *vr1_)
2375
{
2376
  value_range_t vr0 = *vr0_, vr1 = *vr1_;
2377
  enum value_range_type type;
2378
  tree min = NULL_TREE, max = NULL_TREE;
2379
  int cmp;
2380
 
2381
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (expr_type)
2382
      && !POINTER_TYPE_P (expr_type))
2383
    {
2384
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2385
      return;
2386
    }
2387
 
2388
  /* Not all binary expressions can be applied to ranges in a
2389
     meaningful way.  Handle only arithmetic operations.  */
2390
  if (code != PLUS_EXPR
2391
      && code != MINUS_EXPR
2392
      && code != POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
2393
      && code != MULT_EXPR
2394
      && code != TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
2395
      && code != FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
2396
      && code != CEIL_DIV_EXPR
2397
      && code != EXACT_DIV_EXPR
2398
      && code != ROUND_DIV_EXPR
2399
      && code != TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
2400
      && code != RSHIFT_EXPR
2401
      && code != MIN_EXPR
2402
      && code != MAX_EXPR
2403
      && code != BIT_AND_EXPR
2404
      && code != BIT_IOR_EXPR
2405
      && code != BIT_XOR_EXPR)
2406
    {
2407
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2408
      return;
2409
    }
2410
 
2411
  /* If both ranges are UNDEFINED, so is the result.  */
2412
  if (vr0.type == VR_UNDEFINED && vr1.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
2413
    {
2414
      set_value_range_to_undefined (vr);
2415
      return;
2416
    }
2417
  /* If one of the ranges is UNDEFINED drop it to VARYING for the following
2418
     code.  At some point we may want to special-case operations that
2419
     have UNDEFINED result for all or some value-ranges of the not UNDEFINED
2420
     operand.  */
2421
  else if (vr0.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
2422
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);
2423
  else if (vr1.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
2424
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);
2425
 
2426
  /* The type of the resulting value range defaults to VR0.TYPE.  */
2427
  type = vr0.type;
2428
 
2429
  /* Refuse to operate on VARYING ranges, ranges of different kinds
2430
     and symbolic ranges.  As an exception, we allow BIT_AND_EXPR
2431
     because we may be able to derive a useful range even if one of
2432
     the operands is VR_VARYING or symbolic range.  Similarly for
2433
     divisions.  TODO, we may be able to derive anti-ranges in
2434
     some cases.  */
2435
  if (code != BIT_AND_EXPR
2436
      && code != BIT_IOR_EXPR
2437
      && code != TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
2438
      && code != FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
2439
      && code != CEIL_DIV_EXPR
2440
      && code != EXACT_DIV_EXPR
2441
      && code != ROUND_DIV_EXPR
2442
      && code != TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
2443
      && (vr0.type == VR_VARYING
2444
          || vr1.type == VR_VARYING
2445
          || vr0.type != vr1.type
2446
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr0)
2447
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr1)))
2448
    {
2449
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2450
      return;
2451
    }
2452
 
2453
  /* Now evaluate the expression to determine the new range.  */
2454
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (expr_type))
2455
    {
2456
      if (code == MIN_EXPR || code == MAX_EXPR)
2457
        {
2458
          /* For MIN/MAX expressions with pointers, we only care about
2459
             nullness, if both are non null, then the result is nonnull.
2460
             If both are null, then the result is null. Otherwise they
2461
             are varying.  */
2462
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0) && range_is_nonnull (&vr1))
2463
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
2464
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0) && range_is_null (&vr1))
2465
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, expr_type);
2466
          else
2467
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2468
        }
2469
      else if (code == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR)
2470
        {
2471
          /* For pointer types, we are really only interested in asserting
2472
             whether the expression evaluates to non-NULL.  */
2473
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0) || range_is_nonnull (&vr1))
2474
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
2475
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0) && range_is_null (&vr1))
2476
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, expr_type);
2477
          else
2478
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2479
        }
2480
      else if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR)
2481
        {
2482
          /* For pointer types, we are really only interested in asserting
2483
             whether the expression evaluates to non-NULL.  */
2484
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0) && range_is_nonnull (&vr1))
2485
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
2486
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0) || range_is_null (&vr1))
2487
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, expr_type);
2488
          else
2489
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2490
        }
2491
      else
2492
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2493
 
2494
      return;
2495
    }
2496
 
2497
  /* For integer ranges, apply the operation to each end of the
2498
     range and see what we end up with.  */
2499
  if (code == PLUS_EXPR)
2500
    {
2501
      /* If we have a PLUS_EXPR with two VR_ANTI_RANGEs, drop to
2502
         VR_VARYING.  It would take more effort to compute a precise
2503
         range for such a case.  For example, if we have op0 == 1 and
2504
         op1 == -1 with their ranges both being ~[0,0], we would have
2505
         op0 + op1 == 0, so we cannot claim that the sum is in ~[0,0].
2506
         Note that we are guaranteed to have vr0.type == vr1.type at
2507
         this point.  */
2508
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
2509
        {
2510
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2511
          return;
2512
        }
2513
 
2514
      /* For operations that make the resulting range directly
2515
         proportional to the original ranges, apply the operation to
2516
         the same end of each range.  */
2517
      min = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0.min, vr1.min);
2518
      max = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0.max, vr1.max);
2519
 
2520
      /* If both additions overflowed the range kind is still correct.
2521
         This happens regularly with subtracting something in unsigned
2522
         arithmetic.
2523
         ???  See PR30318 for all the cases we do not handle.  */
2524
      if ((TREE_OVERFLOW (min) && !is_overflow_infinity (min))
2525
          && (TREE_OVERFLOW (max) && !is_overflow_infinity (max)))
2526
        {
2527
          min = build_int_cst_wide (TREE_TYPE (min),
2528
                                    TREE_INT_CST_LOW (min),
2529
                                    TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (min));
2530
          max = build_int_cst_wide (TREE_TYPE (max),
2531
                                    TREE_INT_CST_LOW (max),
2532
                                    TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (max));
2533
        }
2534
    }
2535
  else if (code == MIN_EXPR
2536
           || code == MAX_EXPR)
2537
    {
2538
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
2539
        {
2540
          /* For MIN_EXPR and MAX_EXPR with two VR_ANTI_RANGEs,
2541
             the resulting VR_ANTI_RANGE is the same - intersection
2542
             of the two ranges.  */
2543
          min = vrp_int_const_binop (MAX_EXPR, vr0.min, vr1.min);
2544
          max = vrp_int_const_binop (MIN_EXPR, vr0.max, vr1.max);
2545
        }
2546
      else
2547
        {
2548
          /* For operations that make the resulting range directly
2549
             proportional to the original ranges, apply the operation to
2550
             the same end of each range.  */
2551
          min = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0.min, vr1.min);
2552
          max = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0.max, vr1.max);
2553
        }
2554
    }
2555
  else if (code == MULT_EXPR)
2556
    {
2557
      /* If we have an unsigned MULT_EXPR with two VR_ANTI_RANGEs,
2558
         drop to VR_VARYING.  It would take more effort to compute a
2559
         precise range for such a case.  For example, if we have
2560
         op0 == 65536 and op1 == 65536 with their ranges both being
2561
         ~[0,0] on a 32-bit machine, we would have op0 * op1 == 0, so
2562
         we cannot claim that the product is in ~[0,0].  Note that we
2563
         are guaranteed to have vr0.type == vr1.type at this
2564
         point.  */
2565
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
2566
          && !TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (expr_type))
2567
        {
2568
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2569
          return;
2570
        }
2571
 
2572
      extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
2573
      return;
2574
    }
2575
  else if (code == RSHIFT_EXPR)
2576
    {
2577
      /* If we have a RSHIFT_EXPR with any shift values outside [0..prec-1],
2578
         then drop to VR_VARYING.  Outside of this range we get undefined
2579
         behavior from the shift operation.  We cannot even trust
2580
         SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED at this stage, because that applies to rtl
2581
         shifts, and the operation at the tree level may be widened.  */
2582
      if (vr1.type != VR_RANGE
2583
          || !value_range_nonnegative_p (&vr1)
2584
          || TREE_CODE (vr1.max) != INTEGER_CST
2585
          || compare_tree_int (vr1.max, TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type) - 1) == 1)
2586
        {
2587
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2588
          return;
2589
        }
2590
 
2591
      extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
2592
      return;
2593
    }
2594
  else if (code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
2595
           || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
2596
           || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
2597
           || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
2598
           || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR)
2599
    {
2600
      if (vr0.type != VR_RANGE || symbolic_range_p (&vr0))
2601
        {
2602
          /* For division, if op1 has VR_RANGE but op0 does not, something
2603
             can be deduced just from that range.  Say [min, max] / [4, max]
2604
             gives [min / 4, max / 4] range.  */
2605
          if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE
2606
              && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
2607
              && !range_includes_zero_p (&vr1))
2608
            {
2609
              vr0.type = type = VR_RANGE;
2610
              vr0.min = vrp_val_min (expr_type);
2611
              vr0.max = vrp_val_max (expr_type);
2612
            }
2613
          else
2614
            {
2615
              set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2616
              return;
2617
            }
2618
        }
2619
 
2620
      /* For divisions, if flag_non_call_exceptions is true, we must
2621
         not eliminate a division by zero.  */
2622
      if (cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions
2623
          && (vr1.type != VR_RANGE
2624
              || symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
2625
              || range_includes_zero_p (&vr1)))
2626
        {
2627
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2628
          return;
2629
        }
2630
 
2631
      /* For divisions, if op0 is VR_RANGE, we can deduce a range
2632
         even if op1 is VR_VARYING, VR_ANTI_RANGE, symbolic or can
2633
         include 0.  */
2634
      if (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
2635
          && (vr1.type != VR_RANGE
2636
              || symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
2637
              || range_includes_zero_p (&vr1)))
2638
        {
2639
          tree zero = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr0.min), 0);
2640
          int cmp;
2641
 
2642
          min = NULL_TREE;
2643
          max = NULL_TREE;
2644
          if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type)
2645
              || value_range_nonnegative_p (&vr1))
2646
            {
2647
              /* For unsigned division or when divisor is known
2648
                 to be non-negative, the range has to cover
2649
                 all numbers from 0 to max for positive max
2650
                 and all numbers from min to 0 for negative min.  */
2651
              cmp = compare_values (vr0.max, zero);
2652
              if (cmp == -1)
2653
                max = zero;
2654
              else if (cmp == 0 || cmp == 1)
2655
                max = vr0.max;
2656
              else
2657
                type = VR_VARYING;
2658
              cmp = compare_values (vr0.min, zero);
2659
              if (cmp == 1)
2660
                min = zero;
2661
              else if (cmp == 0 || cmp == -1)
2662
                min = vr0.min;
2663
              else
2664
                type = VR_VARYING;
2665
            }
2666
          else
2667
            {
2668
              /* Otherwise the range is -max .. max or min .. -min
2669
                 depending on which bound is bigger in absolute value,
2670
                 as the division can change the sign.  */
2671
              abs_extent_range (vr, vr0.min, vr0.max);
2672
              return;
2673
            }
2674
          if (type == VR_VARYING)
2675
            {
2676
              set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2677
              return;
2678
            }
2679
        }
2680
      else
2681
        {
2682
          extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
2683
          return;
2684
        }
2685
    }
2686
  else if (code == TRUNC_MOD_EXPR)
2687
    {
2688
      if (vr1.type != VR_RANGE
2689
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
2690
          || range_includes_zero_p (&vr1)
2691
          || vrp_val_is_min (vr1.min))
2692
        {
2693
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2694
          return;
2695
        }
2696
      type = VR_RANGE;
2697
      /* Compute MAX <|vr1.min|, |vr1.max|> - 1.  */
2698
      max = fold_unary_to_constant (ABS_EXPR, expr_type, vr1.min);
2699
      if (tree_int_cst_lt (max, vr1.max))
2700
        max = vr1.max;
2701
      max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, max, integer_one_node);
2702
      /* If the dividend is non-negative the modulus will be
2703
         non-negative as well.  */
2704
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type)
2705
          || value_range_nonnegative_p (&vr0))
2706
        min = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), 0);
2707
      else
2708
        min = fold_unary_to_constant (NEGATE_EXPR, expr_type, max);
2709
    }
2710
  else if (code == MINUS_EXPR)
2711
    {
2712
      /* If we have a MINUS_EXPR with two VR_ANTI_RANGEs, drop to
2713
         VR_VARYING.  It would take more effort to compute a precise
2714
         range for such a case.  For example, if we have op0 == 1 and
2715
         op1 == 1 with their ranges both being ~[0,0], we would have
2716
         op0 - op1 == 0, so we cannot claim that the difference is in
2717
         ~[0,0].  Note that we are guaranteed to have
2718
         vr0.type == vr1.type at this point.  */
2719
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
2720
        {
2721
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2722
          return;
2723
        }
2724
 
2725
      /* For MINUS_EXPR, apply the operation to the opposite ends of
2726
         each range.  */
2727
      min = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0.min, vr1.max);
2728
      max = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0.max, vr1.min);
2729
    }
2730
  else if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR || code == BIT_IOR_EXPR || code == BIT_XOR_EXPR)
2731
    {
2732
      bool int_cst_range0, int_cst_range1;
2733
      double_int may_be_nonzero0, may_be_nonzero1;
2734
      double_int must_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1;
2735
 
2736
      int_cst_range0 = zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (&vr0, &may_be_nonzero0,
2737
                                                  &must_be_nonzero0);
2738
      int_cst_range1 = zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (&vr1, &may_be_nonzero1,
2739
                                                  &must_be_nonzero1);
2740
 
2741
      type = VR_RANGE;
2742
      if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR)
2743
        {
2744
          double_int dmax;
2745
          min = double_int_to_tree (expr_type,
2746
                                    double_int_and (must_be_nonzero0,
2747
                                                    must_be_nonzero1));
2748
          dmax = double_int_and (may_be_nonzero0, may_be_nonzero1);
2749
          /* If both input ranges contain only negative values we can
2750
             truncate the result range maximum to the minimum of the
2751
             input range maxima.  */
2752
          if (int_cst_range0 && int_cst_range1
2753
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.max) < 0
2754
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.max) < 0)
2755
            {
2756
              dmax = double_int_min (dmax, tree_to_double_int (vr0.max),
2757
                                     TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2758
              dmax = double_int_min (dmax, tree_to_double_int (vr1.max),
2759
                                     TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2760
            }
2761
          /* If either input range contains only non-negative values
2762
             we can truncate the result range maximum to the respective
2763
             maximum of the input range.  */
2764
          if (int_cst_range0 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.min) >= 0)
2765
            dmax = double_int_min (dmax, tree_to_double_int (vr0.max),
2766
                                   TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2767
          if (int_cst_range1 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.min) >= 0)
2768
            dmax = double_int_min (dmax, tree_to_double_int (vr1.max),
2769
                                   TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2770
          max = double_int_to_tree (expr_type, dmax);
2771
        }
2772
      else if (code == BIT_IOR_EXPR)
2773
        {
2774
          double_int dmin;
2775
          max = double_int_to_tree (expr_type,
2776
                                    double_int_ior (may_be_nonzero0,
2777
                                                    may_be_nonzero1));
2778
          dmin = double_int_ior (must_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1);
2779
          /* If the input ranges contain only positive values we can
2780
             truncate the minimum of the result range to the maximum
2781
             of the input range minima.  */
2782
          if (int_cst_range0 && int_cst_range1
2783
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.min) >= 0
2784
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.min) >= 0)
2785
            {
2786
              dmin = double_int_max (dmin, tree_to_double_int (vr0.min),
2787
                                     TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2788
              dmin = double_int_max (dmin, tree_to_double_int (vr1.min),
2789
                                     TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2790
            }
2791
          /* If either input range contains only negative values
2792
             we can truncate the minimum of the result range to the
2793
             respective minimum range.  */
2794
          if (int_cst_range0 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.max) < 0)
2795
            dmin = double_int_max (dmin, tree_to_double_int (vr0.min),
2796
                                   TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2797
          if (int_cst_range1 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.max) < 0)
2798
            dmin = double_int_max (dmin, tree_to_double_int (vr1.min),
2799
                                   TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type));
2800
          min = double_int_to_tree (expr_type, dmin);
2801
        }
2802
      else if (code == BIT_XOR_EXPR)
2803
        {
2804
          double_int result_zero_bits, result_one_bits;
2805
          result_zero_bits
2806
            = double_int_ior (double_int_and (must_be_nonzero0,
2807
                                              must_be_nonzero1),
2808
                              double_int_not
2809
                                (double_int_ior (may_be_nonzero0,
2810
                                                 may_be_nonzero1)));
2811
          result_one_bits
2812
            = double_int_ior (double_int_and
2813
                                (must_be_nonzero0,
2814
                                 double_int_not (may_be_nonzero1)),
2815
                              double_int_and
2816
                                (must_be_nonzero1,
2817
                                 double_int_not (may_be_nonzero0)));
2818
          max = double_int_to_tree (expr_type,
2819
                                    double_int_not (result_zero_bits));
2820
          min = double_int_to_tree (expr_type, result_one_bits);
2821
          /* If the range has all positive or all negative values the
2822
             result is better than VARYING.  */
2823
          if (tree_int_cst_sgn (min) < 0
2824
              || tree_int_cst_sgn (max) >= 0)
2825
            ;
2826
          else
2827
            max = min = NULL_TREE;
2828
        }
2829
    }
2830
  else
2831
    gcc_unreachable ();
2832
 
2833
  /* If either MIN or MAX overflowed, then set the resulting range to
2834
     VARYING.  But we do accept an overflow infinity
2835
     representation.  */
2836
  if (min == NULL_TREE
2837
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (min)
2838
      || (TREE_OVERFLOW (min) && !is_overflow_infinity (min))
2839
      || max == NULL_TREE
2840
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (max)
2841
      || (TREE_OVERFLOW (max) && !is_overflow_infinity (max)))
2842
    {
2843
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2844
      return;
2845
    }
2846
 
2847
  /* We punt if:
2848
     1) [-INF, +INF]
2849
     2) [-INF, +-INF(OVF)]
2850
     3) [+-INF(OVF), +INF]
2851
     4) [+-INF(OVF), +-INF(OVF)]
2852
     We learn nothing when we have INF and INF(OVF) on both sides.
2853
     Note that we do accept [-INF, -INF] and [+INF, +INF] without
2854
     overflow.  */
2855
  if ((vrp_val_is_min (min) || is_overflow_infinity (min))
2856
      && (vrp_val_is_max (max) || is_overflow_infinity (max)))
2857
    {
2858
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2859
      return;
2860
    }
2861
 
2862
  cmp = compare_values (min, max);
2863
  if (cmp == -2 || cmp == 1)
2864
    {
2865
      /* If the new range has its limits swapped around (MIN > MAX),
2866
         then the operation caused one of them to wrap around, mark
2867
         the new range VARYING.  */
2868
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2869
    }
2870
  else
2871
    set_value_range (vr, type, min, max, NULL);
2872
}
2873
 
2874
/* Extract range information from a binary expression OP0 CODE OP1 based on
2875
   the ranges of each of its operands with resulting type EXPR_TYPE.
2876
   The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */
2877
 
2878
static void
2879
extract_range_from_binary_expr (value_range_t *vr,
2880
                                enum tree_code code,
2881
                                tree expr_type, tree op0, tree op1)
2882
{
2883
  value_range_t vr0 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
2884
  value_range_t vr1 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
2885
 
2886
  /* Get value ranges for each operand.  For constant operands, create
2887
     a new value range with the operand to simplify processing.  */
2888
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
2889
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
2890
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
2891
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
2892
  else
2893
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);
2894
 
2895
  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
2896
    vr1 = *(get_value_range (op1));
2897
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
2898
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
2899
  else
2900
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);
2901
 
2902
  extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, code, expr_type, &vr0, &vr1);
2903
}
2904
 
2905
/* Extract range information from a unary operation CODE based on
2906
   the range of its operand *VR0 with type OP0_TYPE with resulting type TYPE.
2907
   The The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */
2908
 
2909
static void
2910
extract_range_from_unary_expr_1 (value_range_t *vr,
2911
                                 enum tree_code code, tree type,
2912
                                 value_range_t *vr0_, tree op0_type)
2913
{
2914
  value_range_t vr0 = *vr0_;
2915
 
2916
  /* VRP only operates on integral and pointer types.  */
2917
  if (!(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (op0_type)
2918
        || POINTER_TYPE_P (op0_type))
2919
      || !(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
2920
           || POINTER_TYPE_P (type)))
2921
    {
2922
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2923
      return;
2924
    }
2925
 
2926
  /* If VR0 is UNDEFINED, so is the result.  */
2927
  if (vr0.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
2928
    {
2929
      set_value_range_to_undefined (vr);
2930
      return;
2931
    }
2932
 
2933
  if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (code))
2934
    {
2935
      tree inner_type = op0_type;
2936
      tree outer_type = type;
2937
 
2938
      /* If the expression evaluates to a pointer, we are only interested in
2939
         determining if it evaluates to NULL [0, 0] or non-NULL (~[0, 0]).  */
2940
      if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type))
2941
        {
2942
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0))
2943
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, type);
2944
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0))
2945
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, type);
2946
          else
2947
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
2948
          return;
2949
        }
2950
 
2951
      /* If VR0 is varying and we increase the type precision, assume
2952
         a full range for the following transformation.  */
2953
      if (vr0.type == VR_VARYING
2954
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (inner_type)
2955
          && TYPE_PRECISION (inner_type) < TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type))
2956
        {
2957
          vr0.type = VR_RANGE;
2958
          vr0.min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (inner_type);
2959
          vr0.max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (inner_type);
2960
        }
2961
 
2962
      /* If VR0 is a constant range or anti-range and the conversion is
2963
         not truncating we can convert the min and max values and
2964
         canonicalize the resulting range.  Otherwise we can do the
2965
         conversion if the size of the range is less than what the
2966
         precision of the target type can represent and the range is
2967
         not an anti-range.  */
2968
      if ((vr0.type == VR_RANGE
2969
           || vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
2970
          && TREE_CODE (vr0.min) == INTEGER_CST
2971
          && TREE_CODE (vr0.max) == INTEGER_CST
2972
          && (!is_overflow_infinity (vr0.min)
2973
              || (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
2974
                  && TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (inner_type)
2975
                  && needs_overflow_infinity (outer_type)
2976
                  && supports_overflow_infinity (outer_type)))
2977
          && (!is_overflow_infinity (vr0.max)
2978
              || (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
2979
                  && TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type) > TYPE_PRECISION (inner_type)
2980
                  && needs_overflow_infinity (outer_type)
2981
                  && supports_overflow_infinity (outer_type)))
2982
          && (TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (inner_type)
2983
              || (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
2984
                  && integer_zerop (int_const_binop (RSHIFT_EXPR,
2985
                       int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr0.max, vr0.min),
2986
                         size_int (TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type)))))))
2987
        {
2988
          tree new_min, new_max;
2989
          if (is_overflow_infinity (vr0.min))
2990
            new_min = negative_overflow_infinity (outer_type);
2991
          else
2992
            new_min = force_fit_type_double (outer_type,
2993
                                             tree_to_double_int (vr0.min),
2994
                                             0, false);
2995
          if (is_overflow_infinity (vr0.max))
2996
            new_max = positive_overflow_infinity (outer_type);
2997
          else
2998
            new_max = force_fit_type_double (outer_type,
2999
                                             tree_to_double_int (vr0.max),
3000
                                             0, false);
3001
          set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr, vr0.type,
3002
                                            new_min, new_max, NULL);
3003
          return;
3004
        }
3005
 
3006
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3007
      return;
3008
    }
3009
  else if (code == NEGATE_EXPR)
3010
    {
3011
      /* -X is simply 0 - X, so re-use existing code that also handles
3012
         anti-ranges fine.  */
3013
      value_range_t zero = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
3014
      set_value_range_to_value (&zero, build_int_cst (type, 0), NULL);
3015
      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, MINUS_EXPR, type, &zero, &vr0);
3016
      return;
3017
    }
3018
  else if (code == ABS_EXPR)
3019
    {
3020
      tree min, max;
3021
      int cmp;
3022
 
3023
      /* Pass through vr0 in the easy cases.  */
3024
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)
3025
          || value_range_nonnegative_p (&vr0))
3026
        {
3027
          copy_value_range (vr, &vr0);
3028
          return;
3029
        }
3030
 
3031
      /* For the remaining varying or symbolic ranges we can't do anything
3032
         useful.  */
3033
      if (vr0.type == VR_VARYING
3034
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr0))
3035
        {
3036
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3037
          return;
3038
        }
3039
 
3040
      /* -TYPE_MIN_VALUE = TYPE_MIN_VALUE with flag_wrapv so we can't get a
3041
         useful range.  */
3042
      if (!TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (type)
3043
          && ((vr0.type == VR_RANGE
3044
               && vrp_val_is_min (vr0.min))
3045
              || (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
3046
                  && !vrp_val_is_min (vr0.min))))
3047
        {
3048
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3049
          return;
3050
        }
3051
 
3052
      /* ABS_EXPR may flip the range around, if the original range
3053
         included negative values.  */
3054
      if (is_overflow_infinity (vr0.min))
3055
        min = positive_overflow_infinity (type);
3056
      else if (!vrp_val_is_min (vr0.min))
3057
        min = fold_unary_to_constant (code, type, vr0.min);
3058
      else if (!needs_overflow_infinity (type))
3059
        min = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
3060
      else if (supports_overflow_infinity (type))
3061
        min = positive_overflow_infinity (type);
3062
      else
3063
        {
3064
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3065
          return;
3066
        }
3067
 
3068
      if (is_overflow_infinity (vr0.max))
3069
        max = positive_overflow_infinity (type);
3070
      else if (!vrp_val_is_min (vr0.max))
3071
        max = fold_unary_to_constant (code, type, vr0.max);
3072
      else if (!needs_overflow_infinity (type))
3073
        max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
3074
      else if (supports_overflow_infinity (type)
3075
               /* We shouldn't generate [+INF, +INF] as set_value_range
3076
                  doesn't like this and ICEs.  */
3077
               && !is_positive_overflow_infinity (min))
3078
        max = positive_overflow_infinity (type);
3079
      else
3080
        {
3081
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3082
          return;
3083
        }
3084
 
3085
      cmp = compare_values (min, max);
3086
 
3087
      /* If a VR_ANTI_RANGEs contains zero, then we have
3088
         ~[-INF, min(MIN, MAX)].  */
3089
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
3090
        {
3091
          if (range_includes_zero_p (&vr0))
3092
            {
3093
              /* Take the lower of the two values.  */
3094
              if (cmp != 1)
3095
                max = min;
3096
 
3097
              /* Create ~[-INF, min (abs(MIN), abs(MAX))]
3098
                 or ~[-INF + 1, min (abs(MIN), abs(MAX))] when
3099
                 flag_wrapv is set and the original anti-range doesn't include
3100
                 TYPE_MIN_VALUE, remember -TYPE_MIN_VALUE = TYPE_MIN_VALUE.  */
3101
              if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (type))
3102
                {
3103
                  tree type_min_value = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
3104
 
3105
                  min = (vr0.min != type_min_value
3106
                         ? int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, type_min_value,
3107
                                            integer_one_node)
3108
                         : type_min_value);
3109
                }
3110
              else
3111
                {
3112
                  if (overflow_infinity_range_p (&vr0))
3113
                    min = negative_overflow_infinity (type);
3114
                  else
3115
                    min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
3116
                }
3117
            }
3118
          else
3119
            {
3120
              /* All else has failed, so create the range [0, INF], even for
3121
                 flag_wrapv since TYPE_MIN_VALUE is in the original
3122
                 anti-range.  */
3123
              vr0.type = VR_RANGE;
3124
              min = build_int_cst (type, 0);
3125
              if (needs_overflow_infinity (type))
3126
                {
3127
                  if (supports_overflow_infinity (type))
3128
                    max = positive_overflow_infinity (type);
3129
                  else
3130
                    {
3131
                      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3132
                      return;
3133
                    }
3134
                }
3135
              else
3136
                max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
3137
            }
3138
        }
3139
 
3140
      /* If the range contains zero then we know that the minimum value in the
3141
         range will be zero.  */
3142
      else if (range_includes_zero_p (&vr0))
3143
        {
3144
          if (cmp == 1)
3145
            max = min;
3146
          min = build_int_cst (type, 0);
3147
        }
3148
      else
3149
        {
3150
          /* If the range was reversed, swap MIN and MAX.  */
3151
          if (cmp == 1)
3152
            {
3153
              tree t = min;
3154
              min = max;
3155
              max = t;
3156
            }
3157
        }
3158
 
3159
      cmp = compare_values (min, max);
3160
      if (cmp == -2 || cmp == 1)
3161
        {
3162
          /* If the new range has its limits swapped around (MIN > MAX),
3163
             then the operation caused one of them to wrap around, mark
3164
             the new range VARYING.  */
3165
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3166
        }
3167
      else
3168
        set_value_range (vr, vr0.type, min, max, NULL);
3169
      return;
3170
    }
3171
  else if (code == BIT_NOT_EXPR)
3172
    {
3173
      /* ~X is simply -1 - X, so re-use existing code that also handles
3174
         anti-ranges fine.  */
3175
      value_range_t minusone = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
3176
      set_value_range_to_value (&minusone, build_int_cst (type, -1), NULL);
3177
      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, MINUS_EXPR,
3178
                                        type, &minusone, &vr0);
3179
      return;
3180
    }
3181
  else if (code == PAREN_EXPR)
3182
    {
3183
      copy_value_range (vr, &vr0);
3184
      return;
3185
    }
3186
 
3187
  /* For unhandled operations fall back to varying.  */
3188
  set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3189
  return;
3190
}
3191
 
3192
 
3193
/* Extract range information from a unary expression CODE OP0 based on
3194
   the range of its operand with resulting type TYPE.
3195
   The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */
3196
 
3197
static void
3198
extract_range_from_unary_expr (value_range_t *vr, enum tree_code code,
3199
                               tree type, tree op0)
3200
{
3201
  value_range_t vr0 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
3202
 
3203
  /* Get value ranges for the operand.  For constant operands, create
3204
     a new value range with the operand to simplify processing.  */
3205
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
3206
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
3207
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
3208
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
3209
  else
3210
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);
3211
 
3212
  extract_range_from_unary_expr_1 (vr, code, type, &vr0, TREE_TYPE (op0));
3213
}
3214
 
3215
 
3216
/* Extract range information from a conditional expression STMT based on
3217
   the ranges of each of its operands and the expression code.  */
3218
 
3219
static void
3220
extract_range_from_cond_expr (value_range_t *vr, gimple stmt)
3221
{
3222
  tree op0, op1;
3223
  value_range_t vr0 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
3224
  value_range_t vr1 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
3225
 
3226
  /* Get value ranges for each operand.  For constant operands, create
3227
     a new value range with the operand to simplify processing.  */
3228
  op0 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
3229
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
3230
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
3231
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
3232
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
3233
  else
3234
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);
3235
 
3236
  op1 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt);
3237
  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
3238
    vr1 = *(get_value_range (op1));
3239
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
3240
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
3241
  else
3242
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);
3243
 
3244
  /* The resulting value range is the union of the operand ranges */
3245
  vrp_meet (&vr0, &vr1);
3246
  copy_value_range (vr, &vr0);
3247
}
3248
 
3249
 
3250
/* Extract range information from a comparison expression EXPR based
3251
   on the range of its operand and the expression code.  */
3252
 
3253
static void
3254
extract_range_from_comparison (value_range_t *vr, enum tree_code code,
3255
                               tree type, tree op0, tree op1)
3256
{
3257
  bool sop = false;
3258
  tree val;
3259
 
3260
  val = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (code, op0, op1, false, &sop,
3261
                                                 NULL);
3262
 
3263
  /* A disadvantage of using a special infinity as an overflow
3264
     representation is that we lose the ability to record overflow
3265
     when we don't have an infinity.  So we have to ignore a result
3266
     which relies on overflow.  */
3267
 
3268
  if (val && !is_overflow_infinity (val) && !sop)
3269
    {
3270
      /* Since this expression was found on the RHS of an assignment,
3271
         its type may be different from _Bool.  Convert VAL to EXPR's
3272
         type.  */
3273
      val = fold_convert (type, val);
3274
      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (val))
3275
        set_value_range_to_value (vr, val, vr->equiv);
3276
      else
3277
        set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, val, val, vr->equiv);
3278
    }
3279
  else
3280
    /* The result of a comparison is always true or false.  */
3281
    set_value_range_to_truthvalue (vr, type);
3282
}
3283
 
3284
/* Try to derive a nonnegative or nonzero range out of STMT relying
3285
   primarily on generic routines in fold in conjunction with range data.
3286
   Store the result in *VR */
3287
 
3288
static void
3289
extract_range_basic (value_range_t *vr, gimple stmt)
3290
{
3291
  bool sop = false;
3292
  tree type = gimple_expr_type (stmt);
3293
 
3294
  if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
3295
      && gimple_stmt_nonnegative_warnv_p (stmt, &sop))
3296
    set_value_range_to_nonnegative (vr, type,
3297
                                    sop || stmt_overflow_infinity (stmt));
3298
  else if (vrp_stmt_computes_nonzero (stmt, &sop)
3299
           && !sop)
3300
    set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, type);
3301
  else
3302
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3303
}
3304
 
3305
 
3306
/* Try to compute a useful range out of assignment STMT and store it
3307
   in *VR.  */
3308
 
3309
static void
3310
extract_range_from_assignment (value_range_t *vr, gimple stmt)
3311
{
3312
  enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
3313
 
3314
  if (code == ASSERT_EXPR)
3315
    extract_range_from_assert (vr, gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
3316
  else if (code == SSA_NAME)
3317
    extract_range_from_ssa_name (vr, gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
3318
  else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_binary)
3319
    extract_range_from_binary_expr (vr, gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
3320
                                    gimple_expr_type (stmt),
3321
                                    gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
3322
                                    gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt));
3323
  else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_unary)
3324
    extract_range_from_unary_expr (vr, gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
3325
                                   gimple_expr_type (stmt),
3326
                                   gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
3327
  else if (code == COND_EXPR)
3328
    extract_range_from_cond_expr (vr, stmt);
3329
  else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_comparison)
3330
    extract_range_from_comparison (vr, gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
3331
                                   gimple_expr_type (stmt),
3332
                                   gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
3333
                                   gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt));
3334
  else if (get_gimple_rhs_class (code) == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS
3335
           && is_gimple_min_invariant (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt)))
3336
    set_value_range_to_value (vr, gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt), NULL);
3337
  else
3338
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
3339
 
3340
  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING)
3341
    extract_range_basic (vr, stmt);
3342
}
3343
 
3344
/* Given a range VR, a LOOP and a variable VAR, determine whether it
3345
   would be profitable to adjust VR using scalar evolution information
3346
   for VAR.  If so, update VR with the new limits.  */
3347
 
3348
static void
3349
adjust_range_with_scev (value_range_t *vr, struct loop *loop,
3350
                        gimple stmt, tree var)
3351
{
3352
  tree init, step, chrec, tmin, tmax, min, max, type, tem;
3353
  enum ev_direction dir;
3354
 
3355
  /* TODO.  Don't adjust anti-ranges.  An anti-range may provide
3356
     better opportunities than a regular range, but I'm not sure.  */
3357
  if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
3358
    return;
3359
 
3360
  chrec = instantiate_parameters (loop, analyze_scalar_evolution (loop, var));
3361
 
3362
  /* Like in PR19590, scev can return a constant function.  */
3363
  if (is_gimple_min_invariant (chrec))
3364
    {
3365
      set_value_range_to_value (vr, chrec, vr->equiv);
3366
      return;
3367
    }
3368
 
3369
  if (TREE_CODE (chrec) != POLYNOMIAL_CHREC)
3370
    return;
3371
 
3372
  init = initial_condition_in_loop_num (chrec, loop->num);
3373
  tem = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (init);
3374
  if (tem)
3375
    init = tem;
3376
  step = evolution_part_in_loop_num (chrec, loop->num);
3377
  tem = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (step);
3378
  if (tem)
3379
    step = tem;
3380
 
3381
  /* If STEP is symbolic, we can't know whether INIT will be the
3382
     minimum or maximum value in the range.  Also, unless INIT is
3383
     a simple expression, compare_values and possibly other functions
3384
     in tree-vrp won't be able to handle it.  */
3385
  if (step == NULL_TREE
3386
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (step)
3387
      || !valid_value_p (init))
3388
    return;
3389
 
3390
  dir = scev_direction (chrec);
3391
  if (/* Do not adjust ranges if we do not know whether the iv increases
3392
         or decreases,  ... */
3393
      dir == EV_DIR_UNKNOWN
3394
      /* ... or if it may wrap.  */
3395
      || scev_probably_wraps_p (init, step, stmt, get_chrec_loop (chrec),
3396
                                true))
3397
    return;
3398
 
3399
  /* We use TYPE_MIN_VALUE and TYPE_MAX_VALUE here instead of
3400
     negative_overflow_infinity and positive_overflow_infinity,
3401
     because we have concluded that the loop probably does not
3402
     wrap.  */
3403
 
3404
  type = TREE_TYPE (var);
3405
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type) || !TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type))
3406
    tmin = lower_bound_in_type (type, type);
3407
  else
3408
    tmin = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
3409
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type) || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type))
3410
    tmax = upper_bound_in_type (type, type);
3411
  else
3412
    tmax = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
3413
 
3414
  /* Try to use estimated number of iterations for the loop to constrain the
3415
     final value in the evolution.  */
3416
  if (TREE_CODE (step) == INTEGER_CST
3417
      && is_gimple_val (init)
3418
      && (TREE_CODE (init) != SSA_NAME
3419
          || get_value_range (init)->type == VR_RANGE))
3420
    {
3421
      double_int nit;
3422
 
3423
      if (estimated_loop_iterations (loop, true, &nit))
3424
        {
3425
          value_range_t maxvr = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
3426
          double_int dtmp;
3427
          bool unsigned_p = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (step));
3428
          int overflow = 0;
3429
 
3430
          dtmp = double_int_mul_with_sign (tree_to_double_int (step), nit,
3431
                                           unsigned_p, &overflow);
3432
          /* If the multiplication overflowed we can't do a meaningful
3433
             adjustment.  Likewise if the result doesn't fit in the type
3434
             of the induction variable.  For a signed type we have to
3435
             check whether the result has the expected signedness which
3436
             is that of the step as number of iterations is unsigned.  */
3437
          if (!overflow
3438
              && double_int_fits_to_tree_p (TREE_TYPE (init), dtmp)
3439
              && (unsigned_p
3440
                  || ((dtmp.high ^ TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (step)) >= 0)))
3441
            {
3442
              tem = double_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (init), dtmp);
3443
              extract_range_from_binary_expr (&maxvr, PLUS_EXPR,
3444
                                              TREE_TYPE (init), init, tem);
3445
              /* Likewise if the addition did.  */
3446
              if (maxvr.type == VR_RANGE)
3447
                {
3448
                  tmin = maxvr.min;
3449
                  tmax = maxvr.max;
3450
                }
3451
            }
3452
        }
3453
    }
3454
 
3455
  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING || vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
3456
    {
3457
      min = tmin;
3458
      max = tmax;
3459
 
3460
      /* For VARYING or UNDEFINED ranges, just about anything we get
3461
         from scalar evolutions should be better.  */
3462
 
3463
      if (dir == EV_DIR_DECREASES)
3464
        max = init;
3465
      else
3466
        min = init;
3467
 
3468
      /* If we would create an invalid range, then just assume we
3469
         know absolutely nothing.  This may be over-conservative,
3470
         but it's clearly safe, and should happen only in unreachable
3471
         parts of code, or for invalid programs.  */
3472
      if (compare_values (min, max) == 1)
3473
        return;
3474
 
3475
      set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr->equiv);
3476
    }
3477
  else if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
3478
    {
3479
      min = vr->min;
3480
      max = vr->max;
3481
 
3482
      if (dir == EV_DIR_DECREASES)
3483
        {
3484
          /* INIT is the maximum value.  If INIT is lower than VR->MAX
3485
             but no smaller than VR->MIN, set VR->MAX to INIT.  */
3486
          if (compare_values (init, max) == -1)
3487
            max = init;
3488
 
3489
          /* According to the loop information, the variable does not
3490
             overflow.  If we think it does, probably because of an
3491
             overflow due to arithmetic on a different INF value,
3492
             reset now.  */
3493
          if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (min)
3494
              || compare_values (min, tmin) == -1)
3495
            min = tmin;
3496
 
3497
        }
3498
      else
3499
        {
3500
          /* If INIT is bigger than VR->MIN, set VR->MIN to INIT.  */
3501
          if (compare_values (init, min) == 1)
3502
            min = init;
3503
 
3504
          if (is_positive_overflow_infinity (max)
3505
              || compare_values (tmax, max) == -1)
3506
            max = tmax;
3507
        }
3508
 
3509
      /* If we just created an invalid range with the minimum
3510
         greater than the maximum, we fail conservatively.
3511
         This should happen only in unreachable
3512
         parts of code, or for invalid programs.  */
3513
      if (compare_values (min, max) == 1)
3514
        return;
3515
 
3516
      set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr->equiv);
3517
    }
3518
}
3519
 
3520
/* Return true if VAR may overflow at STMT.  This checks any available
3521
   loop information to see if we can determine that VAR does not
3522
   overflow.  */
3523
 
3524
static bool
3525
vrp_var_may_overflow (tree var, gimple stmt)
3526
{
3527
  struct loop *l;
3528
  tree chrec, init, step;
3529
 
3530
  if (current_loops == NULL)
3531
    return true;
3532
 
3533
  l = loop_containing_stmt (stmt);
3534
  if (l == NULL
3535
      || !loop_outer (l))
3536
    return true;
3537
 
3538
  chrec = instantiate_parameters (l, analyze_scalar_evolution (l, var));
3539
  if (TREE_CODE (chrec) != POLYNOMIAL_CHREC)
3540
    return true;
3541
 
3542
  init = initial_condition_in_loop_num (chrec, l->num);
3543
  step = evolution_part_in_loop_num (chrec, l->num);
3544
 
3545
  if (step == NULL_TREE
3546
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (step)
3547
      || !valid_value_p (init))
3548
    return true;
3549
 
3550
  /* If we get here, we know something useful about VAR based on the
3551
     loop information.  If it wraps, it may overflow.  */
3552
 
3553
  if (scev_probably_wraps_p (init, step, stmt, get_chrec_loop (chrec),
3554
                             true))
3555
    return true;
3556
 
3557
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS) != 0)
3558
    {
3559
      print_generic_expr (dump_file, var, 0);
3560
      fprintf (dump_file, ": loop information indicates does not overflow\n");
3561
    }
3562
 
3563
  return false;
3564
}
3565
 
3566
 
3567
/* Given two numeric value ranges VR0, VR1 and a comparison code COMP:
3568
 
3569
   - Return BOOLEAN_TRUE_NODE if VR0 COMP VR1 always returns true for
3570
     all the values in the ranges.
3571
 
3572
   - Return BOOLEAN_FALSE_NODE if the comparison always returns false.
3573
 
3574
   - Return NULL_TREE if it is not always possible to determine the
3575
     value of the comparison.
3576
 
3577
   Also set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to indicate whether a range with an
3578
   overflow infinity was used in the test.  */
3579
 
3580
 
3581
static tree
3582
compare_ranges (enum tree_code comp, value_range_t *vr0, value_range_t *vr1,
3583
                bool *strict_overflow_p)
3584
{
3585
  /* VARYING or UNDEFINED ranges cannot be compared.  */
3586
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING
3587
      || vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED
3588
      || vr1->type == VR_VARYING
3589
      || vr1->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
3590
    return NULL_TREE;
3591
 
3592
  /* Anti-ranges need to be handled separately.  */
3593
  if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE || vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
3594
    {
3595
      /* If both are anti-ranges, then we cannot compute any
3596
         comparison.  */
3597
      if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE && vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
3598
        return NULL_TREE;
3599
 
3600
      /* These comparisons are never statically computable.  */
3601
      if (comp == GT_EXPR
3602
          || comp == GE_EXPR
3603
          || comp == LT_EXPR
3604
          || comp == LE_EXPR)
3605
        return NULL_TREE;
3606
 
3607
      /* Equality can be computed only between a range and an
3608
         anti-range.  ~[VAL1, VAL2] == [VAL1, VAL2] is always false.  */
3609
      if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE)
3610
        {
3611
          /* To simplify processing, make VR0 the anti-range.  */
3612
          value_range_t *tmp = vr0;
3613
          vr0 = vr1;
3614
          vr1 = tmp;
3615
        }
3616
 
3617
      gcc_assert (comp == NE_EXPR || comp == EQ_EXPR);
3618
 
3619
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->min, strict_overflow_p) == 0
3620
          && compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
3621
        return (comp == NE_EXPR) ? boolean_true_node : boolean_false_node;
3622
 
3623
      return NULL_TREE;
3624
    }
3625
 
3626
  if (!usable_range_p (vr0, strict_overflow_p)
3627
      || !usable_range_p (vr1, strict_overflow_p))
3628
    return NULL_TREE;
3629
 
3630
  /* Simplify processing.  If COMP is GT_EXPR or GE_EXPR, switch the
3631
     operands around and change the comparison code.  */
3632
  if (comp == GT_EXPR || comp == GE_EXPR)
3633
    {
3634
      value_range_t *tmp;
3635
      comp = (comp == GT_EXPR) ? LT_EXPR : LE_EXPR;
3636
      tmp = vr0;
3637
      vr0 = vr1;
3638
      vr1 = tmp;
3639
    }
3640
 
3641
  if (comp == EQ_EXPR)
3642
    {
3643
      /* Equality may only be computed if both ranges represent
3644
         exactly one value.  */
3645
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr0->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0
3646
          && compare_values_warnv (vr1->min, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
3647
        {
3648
          int cmp_min = compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->min,
3649
                                              strict_overflow_p);
3650
          int cmp_max = compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->max,
3651
                                              strict_overflow_p);
3652
          if (cmp_min == 0 && cmp_max == 0)
3653
            return boolean_true_node;
3654
          else if (cmp_min != -2 && cmp_max != -2)
3655
            return boolean_false_node;
3656
        }
3657
      /* If [V0_MIN, V1_MAX] < [V1_MIN, V1_MAX] then V0 != V1.  */
3658
      else if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->max,
3659
                                     strict_overflow_p) == 1
3660
               || compare_values_warnv (vr1->min, vr0->max,
3661
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 1)
3662
        return boolean_false_node;
3663
 
3664
      return NULL_TREE;
3665
    }
3666
  else if (comp == NE_EXPR)
3667
    {
3668
      int cmp1, cmp2;
3669
 
3670
      /* If VR0 is completely to the left or completely to the right
3671
         of VR1, they are always different.  Notice that we need to
3672
         make sure that both comparisons yield similar results to
3673
         avoid comparing values that cannot be compared at
3674
         compile-time.  */
3675
      cmp1 = compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->min, strict_overflow_p);
3676
      cmp2 = compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p);
3677
      if ((cmp1 == -1 && cmp2 == -1) || (cmp1 == 1 && cmp2 == 1))
3678
        return boolean_true_node;
3679
 
3680
      /* If VR0 and VR1 represent a single value and are identical,
3681
         return false.  */
3682
      else if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr0->max,
3683
                                     strict_overflow_p) == 0
3684
               && compare_values_warnv (vr1->min, vr1->max,
3685
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 0
3686
               && compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->min,
3687
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 0
3688
               && compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->max,
3689
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 0)
3690
        return boolean_false_node;
3691
 
3692
      /* Otherwise, they may or may not be different.  */
3693
      else
3694
        return NULL_TREE;
3695
    }
3696
  else if (comp == LT_EXPR || comp == LE_EXPR)
3697
    {
3698
      int tst;
3699
 
3700
      /* If VR0 is to the left of VR1, return true.  */
3701
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->min, strict_overflow_p);
3702
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && tst == -1)
3703
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && (tst == -1 || tst == 0)))
3704
        {
3705
          if (overflow_infinity_range_p (vr0)
3706
              || overflow_infinity_range_p (vr1))
3707
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
3708
          return boolean_true_node;
3709
        }
3710
 
3711
      /* If VR0 is to the right of VR1, return false.  */
3712
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p);
3713
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && (tst == 0 || tst == 1))
3714
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && tst == 1))
3715
        {
3716
          if (overflow_infinity_range_p (vr0)
3717
              || overflow_infinity_range_p (vr1))
3718
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
3719
          return boolean_false_node;
3720
        }
3721
 
3722
      /* Otherwise, we don't know.  */
3723
      return NULL_TREE;
3724
    }
3725
 
3726
  gcc_unreachable ();
3727
}
3728
 
3729
 
3730
/* Given a value range VR, a value VAL and a comparison code COMP, return
3731
   BOOLEAN_TRUE_NODE if VR COMP VAL always returns true for all the
3732
   values in VR.  Return BOOLEAN_FALSE_NODE if the comparison
3733
   always returns false.  Return NULL_TREE if it is not always
3734
   possible to determine the value of the comparison.  Also set
3735
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to indicate whether a range with an overflow
3736
   infinity was used in the test.  */
3737
 
3738
static tree
3739
compare_range_with_value (enum tree_code comp, value_range_t *vr, tree val,
3740
                          bool *strict_overflow_p)
3741
{
3742
  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING || vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
3743
    return NULL_TREE;
3744
 
3745
  /* Anti-ranges need to be handled separately.  */
3746
  if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
3747
    {
3748
      /* For anti-ranges, the only predicates that we can compute at
3749
         compile time are equality and inequality.  */
3750
      if (comp == GT_EXPR
3751
          || comp == GE_EXPR
3752
          || comp == LT_EXPR
3753
          || comp == LE_EXPR)
3754
        return NULL_TREE;
3755
 
3756
      /* ~[VAL_1, VAL_2] OP VAL is known if VAL_1 <= VAL <= VAL_2.  */
3757
      if (value_inside_range (val, vr) == 1)
3758
        return (comp == NE_EXPR) ? boolean_true_node : boolean_false_node;
3759
 
3760
      return NULL_TREE;
3761
    }
3762
 
3763
  if (!usable_range_p (vr, strict_overflow_p))
3764
    return NULL_TREE;
3765
 
3766
  if (comp == EQ_EXPR)
3767
    {
3768
      /* EQ_EXPR may only be computed if VR represents exactly
3769
         one value.  */
3770
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr->min, vr->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
3771
        {
3772
          int cmp = compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p);
3773
          if (cmp == 0)
3774
            return boolean_true_node;
3775
          else if (cmp == -1 || cmp == 1 || cmp == 2)
3776
            return boolean_false_node;
3777
        }
3778
      else if (compare_values_warnv (val, vr->min, strict_overflow_p) == -1
3779
               || compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p) == -1)
3780
        return boolean_false_node;
3781
 
3782
      return NULL_TREE;
3783
    }
3784
  else if (comp == NE_EXPR)
3785
    {
3786
      /* If VAL is not inside VR, then they are always different.  */
3787
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p) == -1
3788
          || compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p) == 1)
3789
        return boolean_true_node;
3790
 
3791
      /* If VR represents exactly one value equal to VAL, then return
3792
         false.  */
3793
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr->min, vr->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0
3794
          && compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
3795
        return boolean_false_node;
3796
 
3797
      /* Otherwise, they may or may not be different.  */
3798
      return NULL_TREE;
3799
    }
3800
  else if (comp == LT_EXPR || comp == LE_EXPR)
3801
    {
3802
      int tst;
3803
 
3804
      /* If VR is to the left of VAL, return true.  */
3805
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p);
3806
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && tst == -1)
3807
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && (tst == -1 || tst == 0)))
3808
        {
3809
          if (overflow_infinity_range_p (vr))
3810
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
3811
          return boolean_true_node;
3812
        }
3813
 
3814
      /* If VR is to the right of VAL, return false.  */
3815
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p);
3816
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && (tst == 0 || tst == 1))
3817
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && tst == 1))
3818
        {
3819
          if (overflow_infinity_range_p (vr))
3820
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
3821
          return boolean_false_node;
3822
        }
3823
 
3824
      /* Otherwise, we don't know.  */
3825
      return NULL_TREE;
3826
    }
3827
  else if (comp == GT_EXPR || comp == GE_EXPR)
3828
    {
3829
      int tst;
3830
 
3831
      /* If VR is to the right of VAL, return true.  */
3832
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p);
3833
      if ((comp == GT_EXPR && tst == 1)
3834
          || (comp == GE_EXPR && (tst == 0 || tst == 1)))
3835
        {
3836
          if (overflow_infinity_range_p (vr))
3837
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
3838
          return boolean_true_node;
3839
        }
3840
 
3841
      /* If VR is to the left of VAL, return false.  */
3842
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p);
3843
      if ((comp == GT_EXPR && (tst == -1 || tst == 0))
3844
          || (comp == GE_EXPR && tst == -1))
3845
        {
3846
          if (overflow_infinity_range_p (vr))
3847
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
3848
          return boolean_false_node;
3849
        }
3850
 
3851
      /* Otherwise, we don't know.  */
3852
      return NULL_TREE;
3853
    }
3854
 
3855
  gcc_unreachable ();
3856
}
3857
 
3858
 
3859
/* Debugging dumps.  */
3860
 
3861
void dump_value_range (FILE *, value_range_t *);
3862
void debug_value_range (value_range_t *);
3863
void dump_all_value_ranges (FILE *);
3864
void debug_all_value_ranges (void);
3865
void dump_vr_equiv (FILE *, bitmap);
3866
void debug_vr_equiv (bitmap);
3867
 
3868
 
3869
/* Dump value range VR to FILE.  */
3870
 
3871
void
3872
dump_value_range (FILE *file, value_range_t *vr)
3873
{
3874
  if (vr == NULL)
3875
    fprintf (file, "[]");
3876
  else if (vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
3877
    fprintf (file, "UNDEFINED");
3878
  else if (vr->type == VR_RANGE || vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
3879
    {
3880
      tree type = TREE_TYPE (vr->min);
3881
 
3882
      fprintf (file, "%s[", (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE) ? "~" : "");
3883
 
3884
      if (is_negative_overflow_infinity (vr->min))
3885
        fprintf (file, "-INF(OVF)");
3886
      else if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
3887
               && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)
3888
               && vrp_val_is_min (vr->min))
3889
        fprintf (file, "-INF");
3890
      else
3891
        print_generic_expr (file, vr->min, 0);
3892
 
3893
      fprintf (file, ", ");
3894
 
3895
      if (is_positive_overflow_infinity (vr->max))
3896
        fprintf (file, "+INF(OVF)");
3897
      else if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
3898
               && vrp_val_is_max (vr->max))
3899
        fprintf (file, "+INF");
3900
      else
3901
        print_generic_expr (file, vr->max, 0);
3902
 
3903
      fprintf (file, "]");
3904
 
3905
      if (vr->equiv)
3906
        {
3907
          bitmap_iterator bi;
3908
          unsigned i, c = 0;
3909
 
3910
          fprintf (file, "  EQUIVALENCES: { ");
3911
 
3912
          EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (vr->equiv, 0, i, bi)
3913
            {
3914
              print_generic_expr (file, ssa_name (i), 0);
3915
              fprintf (file, " ");
3916
              c++;
3917
            }
3918
 
3919
          fprintf (file, "} (%u elements)", c);
3920
        }
3921
    }
3922
  else if (vr->type == VR_VARYING)
3923
    fprintf (file, "VARYING");
3924
  else
3925
    fprintf (file, "INVALID RANGE");
3926
}
3927
 
3928
 
3929
/* Dump value range VR to stderr.  */
3930
 
3931
DEBUG_FUNCTION void
3932
debug_value_range (value_range_t *vr)
3933
{
3934
  dump_value_range (stderr, vr);
3935
  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
3936
}
3937
 
3938
 
3939
/* Dump value ranges of all SSA_NAMEs to FILE.  */
3940
 
3941
void
3942
dump_all_value_ranges (FILE *file)
3943
{
3944
  size_t i;
3945
 
3946
  for (i = 0; i < num_vr_values; i++)
3947
    {
3948
      if (vr_value[i])
3949
        {
3950
          print_generic_expr (file, ssa_name (i), 0);
3951
          fprintf (file, ": ");
3952
          dump_value_range (file, vr_value[i]);
3953
          fprintf (file, "\n");
3954
        }
3955
    }
3956
 
3957
  fprintf (file, "\n");
3958
}
3959
 
3960
 
3961
/* Dump all value ranges to stderr.  */
3962
 
3963
DEBUG_FUNCTION void
3964
debug_all_value_ranges (void)
3965
{
3966
  dump_all_value_ranges (stderr);
3967
}
3968
 
3969
 
3970
/* Given a COND_EXPR COND of the form 'V OP W', and an SSA name V,
3971
   create a new SSA name N and return the assertion assignment
3972
   'V = ASSERT_EXPR <V, V OP W>'.  */
3973
 
3974
static gimple
3975
build_assert_expr_for (tree cond, tree v)
3976
{
3977
  tree n;
3978
  gimple assertion;
3979
 
3980
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (v) == SSA_NAME);
3981
  n = duplicate_ssa_name (v, NULL);
3982
 
3983
  if (COMPARISON_CLASS_P (cond))
3984
    {
3985
      tree a = build2 (ASSERT_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (v), v, cond);
3986
      assertion = gimple_build_assign (n, a);
3987
    }
3988
  else if (TREE_CODE (cond) == SSA_NAME)
3989
    {
3990
      /* Given V, build the assignment N = true.  */
3991
      gcc_assert (v == cond);
3992
      assertion = gimple_build_assign (n, boolean_true_node);
3993
    }
3994
  else
3995
    gcc_unreachable ();
3996
 
3997
  SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (n) = assertion;
3998
 
3999
  /* The new ASSERT_EXPR, creates a new SSA name that replaces the
4000
     operand of the ASSERT_EXPR. Register the new name and the old one
4001
     in the replacement table so that we can fix the SSA web after
4002
     adding all the ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
4003
  register_new_name_mapping (n, v);
4004
 
4005
  return assertion;
4006
}
4007
 
4008
 
4009
/* Return false if EXPR is a predicate expression involving floating
4010
   point values.  */
4011
 
4012
static inline bool
4013
fp_predicate (gimple stmt)
4014
{
4015
  GIMPLE_CHECK (stmt, GIMPLE_COND);
4016
 
4017
  return FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_cond_lhs (stmt)));
4018
}
4019
 
4020
 
4021
/* If the range of values taken by OP can be inferred after STMT executes,
4022
   return the comparison code (COMP_CODE_P) and value (VAL_P) that
4023
   describes the inferred range.  Return true if a range could be
4024
   inferred.  */
4025
 
4026
static bool
4027
infer_value_range (gimple stmt, tree op, enum tree_code *comp_code_p, tree *val_p)
4028
{
4029
  *val_p = NULL_TREE;
4030
  *comp_code_p = ERROR_MARK;
4031
 
4032
  /* Do not attempt to infer anything in names that flow through
4033
     abnormal edges.  */
4034
  if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (op))
4035
    return false;
4036
 
4037
  /* Similarly, don't infer anything from statements that may throw
4038
     exceptions.  */
4039
  if (stmt_could_throw_p (stmt))
4040
    return false;
4041
 
4042
  /* If STMT is the last statement of a basic block with no
4043
     successors, there is no point inferring anything about any of its
4044
     operands.  We would not be able to find a proper insertion point
4045
     for the assertion, anyway.  */
4046
  if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt) && EDGE_COUNT (gimple_bb (stmt)->succs) == 0)
4047
    return false;
4048
 
4049
  /* We can only assume that a pointer dereference will yield
4050
     non-NULL if -fdelete-null-pointer-checks is enabled.  */
4051
  if (flag_delete_null_pointer_checks
4052
      && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op))
4053
      && gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_ASM)
4054
    {
4055
      unsigned num_uses, num_loads, num_stores;
4056
 
4057
      count_uses_and_derefs (op, stmt, &num_uses, &num_loads, &num_stores);
4058
      if (num_loads + num_stores > 0)
4059
        {
4060
          *val_p = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op), 0);
4061
          *comp_code_p = NE_EXPR;
4062
          return true;
4063
        }
4064
    }
4065
 
4066
  return false;
4067
}
4068
 
4069
 
4070
void dump_asserts_for (FILE *, tree);
4071
void debug_asserts_for (tree);
4072
void dump_all_asserts (FILE *);
4073
void debug_all_asserts (void);
4074
 
4075
/* Dump all the registered assertions for NAME to FILE.  */
4076
 
4077
void
4078
dump_asserts_for (FILE *file, tree name)
4079
{
4080
  assert_locus_t loc;
4081
 
4082
  fprintf (file, "Assertions to be inserted for ");
4083
  print_generic_expr (file, name, 0);
4084
  fprintf (file, "\n");
4085
 
4086
  loc = asserts_for[SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)];
4087
  while (loc)
4088
    {
4089
      fprintf (file, "\t");
4090
      print_gimple_stmt (file, gsi_stmt (loc->si), 0, 0);
4091
      fprintf (file, "\n\tBB #%d", loc->bb->index);
4092
      if (loc->e)
4093
        {
4094
          fprintf (file, "\n\tEDGE %d->%d", loc->e->src->index,
4095
                   loc->e->dest->index);
4096
          dump_edge_info (file, loc->e, 0);
4097
        }
4098
      fprintf (file, "\n\tPREDICATE: ");
4099
      print_generic_expr (file, name, 0);
4100
      fprintf (file, " %s ", tree_code_name[(int)loc->comp_code]);
4101
      print_generic_expr (file, loc->val, 0);
4102
      fprintf (file, "\n\n");
4103
      loc = loc->next;
4104
    }
4105
 
4106
  fprintf (file, "\n");
4107
}
4108
 
4109
 
4110
/* Dump all the registered assertions for NAME to stderr.  */
4111
 
4112
DEBUG_FUNCTION void
4113
debug_asserts_for (tree name)
4114
{
4115
  dump_asserts_for (stderr, name);
4116
}
4117
 
4118
 
4119
/* Dump all the registered assertions for all the names to FILE.  */
4120
 
4121
void
4122
dump_all_asserts (FILE *file)
4123
{
4124
  unsigned i;
4125
  bitmap_iterator bi;
4126
 
4127
  fprintf (file, "\nASSERT_EXPRs to be inserted\n\n");
4128
  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (need_assert_for, 0, i, bi)
4129
    dump_asserts_for (file, ssa_name (i));
4130
  fprintf (file, "\n");
4131
}
4132
 
4133
 
4134
/* Dump all the registered assertions for all the names to stderr.  */
4135
 
4136
DEBUG_FUNCTION void
4137
debug_all_asserts (void)
4138
{
4139
  dump_all_asserts (stderr);
4140
}
4141
 
4142
 
4143
/* If NAME doesn't have an ASSERT_EXPR registered for asserting
4144
   'EXPR COMP_CODE VAL' at a location that dominates block BB or
4145
   E->DEST, then register this location as a possible insertion point
4146
   for ASSERT_EXPR <NAME, EXPR COMP_CODE VAL>.
4147
 
4148
   BB, E and SI provide the exact insertion point for the new
4149
   ASSERT_EXPR.  If BB is NULL, then the ASSERT_EXPR is to be inserted
4150
   on edge E.  Otherwise, if E is NULL, the ASSERT_EXPR is inserted on
4151
   BB.  If SI points to a COND_EXPR or a SWITCH_EXPR statement, then E
4152
   must not be NULL.  */
4153
 
4154
static void
4155
register_new_assert_for (tree name, tree expr,
4156
                         enum tree_code comp_code,
4157
                         tree val,
4158
                         basic_block bb,
4159
                         edge e,
4160
                         gimple_stmt_iterator si)
4161
{
4162
  assert_locus_t n, loc, last_loc;
4163
  basic_block dest_bb;
4164
 
4165
  gcc_checking_assert (bb == NULL || e == NULL);
4166
 
4167
  if (e == NULL)
4168
    gcc_checking_assert (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (si)) != GIMPLE_COND
4169
                         && gimple_code (gsi_stmt (si)) != GIMPLE_SWITCH);
4170
 
4171
  /* Never build an assert comparing against an integer constant with
4172
     TREE_OVERFLOW set.  This confuses our undefined overflow warning
4173
     machinery.  */
4174
  if (TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST
4175
      && TREE_OVERFLOW (val))
4176
    val = build_int_cst_wide (TREE_TYPE (val),
4177
                              TREE_INT_CST_LOW (val), TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (val));
4178
 
4179
  /* The new assertion A will be inserted at BB or E.  We need to
4180
     determine if the new location is dominated by a previously
4181
     registered location for A.  If we are doing an edge insertion,
4182
     assume that A will be inserted at E->DEST.  Note that this is not
4183
     necessarily true.
4184
 
4185
     If E is a critical edge, it will be split.  But even if E is
4186
     split, the new block will dominate the same set of blocks that
4187
     E->DEST dominates.
4188
 
4189
     The reverse, however, is not true, blocks dominated by E->DEST
4190
     will not be dominated by the new block created to split E.  So,
4191
     if the insertion location is on a critical edge, we will not use
4192
     the new location to move another assertion previously registered
4193
     at a block dominated by E->DEST.  */
4194
  dest_bb = (bb) ? bb : e->dest;
4195
 
4196
  /* If NAME already has an ASSERT_EXPR registered for COMP_CODE and
4197
     VAL at a block dominating DEST_BB, then we don't need to insert a new
4198
     one.  Similarly, if the same assertion already exists at a block
4199
     dominated by DEST_BB and the new location is not on a critical
4200
     edge, then update the existing location for the assertion (i.e.,
4201
     move the assertion up in the dominance tree).
4202
 
4203
     Note, this is implemented as a simple linked list because there
4204
     should not be more than a handful of assertions registered per
4205
     name.  If this becomes a performance problem, a table hashed by
4206
     COMP_CODE and VAL could be implemented.  */
4207
  loc = asserts_for[SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)];
4208
  last_loc = loc;
4209
  while (loc)
4210
    {
4211
      if (loc->comp_code == comp_code
4212
          && (loc->val == val
4213
              || operand_equal_p (loc->val, val, 0))
4214
          && (loc->expr == expr
4215
              || operand_equal_p (loc->expr, expr, 0)))
4216
        {
4217
          /* If the assertion NAME COMP_CODE VAL has already been
4218
             registered at a basic block that dominates DEST_BB, then
4219
             we don't need to insert the same assertion again.  Note
4220
             that we don't check strict dominance here to avoid
4221
             replicating the same assertion inside the same basic
4222
             block more than once (e.g., when a pointer is
4223
             dereferenced several times inside a block).
4224
 
4225
             An exception to this rule are edge insertions.  If the
4226
             new assertion is to be inserted on edge E, then it will
4227
             dominate all the other insertions that we may want to
4228
             insert in DEST_BB.  So, if we are doing an edge
4229
             insertion, don't do this dominance check.  */
4230
          if (e == NULL
4231
              && dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, dest_bb, loc->bb))
4232
            return;
4233
 
4234
          /* Otherwise, if E is not a critical edge and DEST_BB
4235
             dominates the existing location for the assertion, move
4236
             the assertion up in the dominance tree by updating its
4237
             location information.  */
4238
          if ((e == NULL || !EDGE_CRITICAL_P (e))
4239
              && dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, loc->bb, dest_bb))
4240
            {
4241
              loc->bb = dest_bb;
4242
              loc->e = e;
4243
              loc->si = si;
4244
              return;
4245
            }
4246
        }
4247
 
4248
      /* Update the last node of the list and move to the next one.  */
4249
      last_loc = loc;
4250
      loc = loc->next;
4251
    }
4252
 
4253
  /* If we didn't find an assertion already registered for
4254
     NAME COMP_CODE VAL, add a new one at the end of the list of
4255
     assertions associated with NAME.  */
4256
  n = XNEW (struct assert_locus_d);
4257
  n->bb = dest_bb;
4258
  n->e = e;
4259
  n->si = si;
4260
  n->comp_code = comp_code;
4261
  n->val = val;
4262
  n->expr = expr;
4263
  n->next = NULL;
4264
 
4265
  if (last_loc)
4266
    last_loc->next = n;
4267
  else
4268
    asserts_for[SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)] = n;
4269
 
4270
  bitmap_set_bit (need_assert_for, SSA_NAME_VERSION (name));
4271
}
4272
 
4273
/* (COND_OP0 COND_CODE COND_OP1) is a predicate which uses NAME.
4274
   Extract a suitable test code and value and store them into *CODE_P and
4275
   *VAL_P so the predicate is normalized to NAME *CODE_P *VAL_P.
4276
 
4277
   If no extraction was possible, return FALSE, otherwise return TRUE.
4278
 
4279
   If INVERT is true, then we invert the result stored into *CODE_P.  */
4280
 
4281
static bool
4282
extract_code_and_val_from_cond_with_ops (tree name, enum tree_code cond_code,
4283
                                         tree cond_op0, tree cond_op1,
4284
                                         bool invert, enum tree_code *code_p,
4285
                                         tree *val_p)
4286
{
4287
  enum tree_code comp_code;
4288
  tree val;
4289
 
4290
  /* Otherwise, we have a comparison of the form NAME COMP VAL
4291
     or VAL COMP NAME.  */
4292
  if (name == cond_op1)
4293
    {
4294
      /* If the predicate is of the form VAL COMP NAME, flip
4295
         COMP around because we need to register NAME as the
4296
         first operand in the predicate.  */
4297
      comp_code = swap_tree_comparison (cond_code);
4298
      val = cond_op0;
4299
    }
4300
  else
4301
    {
4302
      /* The comparison is of the form NAME COMP VAL, so the
4303
         comparison code remains unchanged.  */
4304
      comp_code = cond_code;
4305
      val = cond_op1;
4306
    }
4307
 
4308
  /* Invert the comparison code as necessary.  */
4309
  if (invert)
4310
    comp_code = invert_tree_comparison (comp_code, 0);
4311
 
4312
  /* VRP does not handle float types.  */
4313
  if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val)))
4314
    return false;
4315
 
4316
  /* Do not register always-false predicates.
4317
     FIXME:  this works around a limitation in fold() when dealing with
4318
     enumerations.  Given 'enum { N1, N2 } x;', fold will not
4319
     fold 'if (x > N2)' to 'if (0)'.  */
4320
  if ((comp_code == GT_EXPR || comp_code == LT_EXPR)
4321
      && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val)))
4322
    {
4323
      tree min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val));
4324
      tree max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val));
4325
 
4326
      if (comp_code == GT_EXPR
4327
          && (!max
4328
              || compare_values (val, max) == 0))
4329
        return false;
4330
 
4331
      if (comp_code == LT_EXPR
4332
          && (!min
4333
              || compare_values (val, min) == 0))
4334
        return false;
4335
    }
4336
  *code_p = comp_code;
4337
  *val_p = val;
4338
  return true;
4339
}
4340
 
4341
/* Try to register an edge assertion for SSA name NAME on edge E for
4342
   the condition COND contributing to the conditional jump pointed to by BSI.
4343
   Invert the condition COND if INVERT is true.
4344
   Return true if an assertion for NAME could be registered.  */
4345
 
4346
static bool
4347
register_edge_assert_for_2 (tree name, edge e, gimple_stmt_iterator bsi,
4348
                            enum tree_code cond_code,
4349
                            tree cond_op0, tree cond_op1, bool invert)
4350
{
4351
  tree val;
4352
  enum tree_code comp_code;
4353
  bool retval = false;
4354
 
4355
  if (!extract_code_and_val_from_cond_with_ops (name, cond_code,
4356
                                                cond_op0,
4357
                                                cond_op1,
4358
                                                invert, &comp_code, &val))
4359
    return false;
4360
 
4361
  /* Only register an ASSERT_EXPR if NAME was found in the sub-graph
4362
     reachable from E.  */
4363
  if (live_on_edge (e, name)
4364
      && !has_single_use (name))
4365
    {
4366
      register_new_assert_for (name, name, comp_code, val, NULL, e, bsi);
4367
      retval = true;
4368
    }
4369
 
4370
  /* In the case of NAME <= CST and NAME being defined as
4371
     NAME = (unsigned) NAME2 + CST2 we can assert NAME2 >= -CST2
4372
     and NAME2 <= CST - CST2.  We can do the same for NAME > CST.
4373
     This catches range and anti-range tests.  */
4374
  if ((comp_code == LE_EXPR
4375
       || comp_code == GT_EXPR)
4376
      && TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST
4377
      && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val)))
4378
    {
4379
      gimple def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);
4380
      tree cst2 = NULL_TREE, name2 = NULL_TREE, name3 = NULL_TREE;
4381
 
4382
      /* Extract CST2 from the (optional) addition.  */
4383
      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
4384
          && gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) == PLUS_EXPR)
4385
        {
4386
          name2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
4387
          cst2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
4388
          if (TREE_CODE (name2) == SSA_NAME
4389
              && TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST)
4390
            def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name2);
4391
        }
4392
 
4393
      /* Extract NAME2 from the (optional) sign-changing cast.  */
4394
      if (gimple_assign_cast_p (def_stmt))
4395
        {
4396
          if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt))
4397
              && ! TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)))
4398
              && (TYPE_PRECISION (gimple_expr_type (def_stmt))
4399
                  == TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)))))
4400
            name3 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
4401
        }
4402
 
4403
      /* If name3 is used later, create an ASSERT_EXPR for it.  */
4404
      if (name3 != NULL_TREE
4405
          && TREE_CODE (name3) == SSA_NAME
4406
          && (cst2 == NULL_TREE
4407
              || TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST)
4408
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name3))
4409
          && live_on_edge (e, name3)
4410
          && !has_single_use (name3))
4411
        {
4412
          tree tmp;
4413
 
4414
          /* Build an expression for the range test.  */
4415
          tmp = build1 (NOP_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), name3);
4416
          if (cst2 != NULL_TREE)
4417
            tmp = build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), tmp, cst2);
4418
 
4419
          if (dump_file)
4420
            {
4421
              fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
4422
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, name3, 0);
4423
              fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
4424
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp, 0);
4425
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
4426
            }
4427
 
4428
          register_new_assert_for (name3, tmp, comp_code, val, NULL, e, bsi);
4429
 
4430
          retval = true;
4431
        }
4432
 
4433
      /* If name2 is used later, create an ASSERT_EXPR for it.  */
4434
      if (name2 != NULL_TREE
4435
          && TREE_CODE (name2) == SSA_NAME
4436
          && TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST
4437
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name2))
4438
          && live_on_edge (e, name2)
4439
          && !has_single_use (name2))
4440
        {
4441
          tree tmp;
4442
 
4443
          /* Build an expression for the range test.  */
4444
          tmp = name2;
4445
          if (TREE_TYPE (name) != TREE_TYPE (name2))
4446
            tmp = build1 (NOP_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), tmp);
4447
          if (cst2 != NULL_TREE)
4448
            tmp = build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), tmp, cst2);
4449
 
4450
          if (dump_file)
4451
            {
4452
              fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
4453
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, name2, 0);
4454
              fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
4455
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp, 0);
4456
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
4457
            }
4458
 
4459
          register_new_assert_for (name2, tmp, comp_code, val, NULL, e, bsi);
4460
 
4461
          retval = true;
4462
        }
4463
    }
4464
 
4465
  return retval;
4466
}
4467
 
4468
/* OP is an operand of a truth value expression which is known to have
4469
   a particular value.  Register any asserts for OP and for any
4470
   operands in OP's defining statement.
4471
 
4472
   If CODE is EQ_EXPR, then we want to register OP is zero (false),
4473
   if CODE is NE_EXPR, then we want to register OP is nonzero (true).   */
4474
 
4475
static bool
4476
register_edge_assert_for_1 (tree op, enum tree_code code,
4477
                            edge e, gimple_stmt_iterator bsi)
4478
{
4479
  bool retval = false;
4480
  gimple op_def;
4481
  tree val;
4482
  enum tree_code rhs_code;
4483
 
4484
  /* We only care about SSA_NAMEs.  */
4485
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
4486
    return false;
4487
 
4488
  /* We know that OP will have a zero or nonzero value.  If OP is used
4489
     more than once go ahead and register an assert for OP.
4490
 
4491
     The FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH support is not helpful in this situation as
4492
     it will always be set for OP (because OP is used in a COND_EXPR in
4493
     the subgraph).  */
4494
  if (!has_single_use (op))
4495
    {
4496
      val = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op), 0);
4497
      register_new_assert_for (op, op, code, val, NULL, e, bsi);
4498
      retval = true;
4499
    }
4500
 
4501
  /* Now look at how OP is set.  If it's set from a comparison,
4502
     a truth operation or some bit operations, then we may be able
4503
     to register information about the operands of that assignment.  */
4504
  op_def = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op);
4505
  if (gimple_code (op_def) != GIMPLE_ASSIGN)
4506
    return retval;
4507
 
4508
  rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def);
4509
 
4510
  if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (rhs_code) == tcc_comparison)
4511
    {
4512
      bool invert = (code == EQ_EXPR ? true : false);
4513
      tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def);
4514
      tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (op_def);
4515
 
4516
      if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
4517
        retval |= register_edge_assert_for_2 (op0, e, bsi, rhs_code, op0, op1,
4518
                                              invert);
4519
      if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
4520
        retval |= register_edge_assert_for_2 (op1, e, bsi, rhs_code, op0, op1,
4521
                                              invert);
4522
    }
4523
  else if ((code == NE_EXPR
4524
            && gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == BIT_AND_EXPR)
4525
           || (code == EQ_EXPR
4526
               && gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == BIT_IOR_EXPR))
4527
    {
4528
      /* Recurse on each operand.  */
4529
      retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def),
4530
                                            code, e, bsi);
4531
      retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs2 (op_def),
4532
                                            code, e, bsi);
4533
    }
4534
  else if (gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == BIT_NOT_EXPR
4535
           && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (op_def))) == 1)
4536
    {
4537
      /* Recurse, flipping CODE.  */
4538
      code = invert_tree_comparison (code, false);
4539
      retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def),
4540
                                            code, e, bsi);
4541
    }
4542
  else if (gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == SSA_NAME)
4543
    {
4544
      /* Recurse through the copy.  */
4545
      retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def),
4546
                                            code, e, bsi);
4547
    }
4548
  else if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def)))
4549
    {
4550
      /* Recurse through the type conversion.  */
4551
      retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def),
4552
                                            code, e, bsi);
4553
    }
4554
 
4555
  return retval;
4556
}
4557
 
4558
/* Try to register an edge assertion for SSA name NAME on edge E for
4559
   the condition COND contributing to the conditional jump pointed to by SI.
4560
   Return true if an assertion for NAME could be registered.  */
4561
 
4562
static bool
4563
register_edge_assert_for (tree name, edge e, gimple_stmt_iterator si,
4564
                          enum tree_code cond_code, tree cond_op0,
4565
                          tree cond_op1)
4566
{
4567
  tree val;
4568
  enum tree_code comp_code;
4569
  bool retval = false;
4570
  bool is_else_edge = (e->flags & EDGE_FALSE_VALUE) != 0;
4571
 
4572
  /* Do not attempt to infer anything in names that flow through
4573
     abnormal edges.  */
4574
  if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (name))
4575
    return false;
4576
 
4577
  if (!extract_code_and_val_from_cond_with_ops (name, cond_code,
4578
                                                cond_op0, cond_op1,
4579
                                                is_else_edge,
4580
                                                &comp_code, &val))
4581
    return false;
4582
 
4583
  /* Register ASSERT_EXPRs for name.  */
4584
  retval |= register_edge_assert_for_2 (name, e, si, cond_code, cond_op0,
4585
                                        cond_op1, is_else_edge);
4586
 
4587
 
4588
  /* If COND is effectively an equality test of an SSA_NAME against
4589
     the value zero or one, then we may be able to assert values
4590
     for SSA_NAMEs which flow into COND.  */
4591
 
4592
  /* In the case of NAME == 1 or NAME != 0, for BIT_AND_EXPR defining
4593
     statement of NAME we can assert both operands of the BIT_AND_EXPR
4594
     have nonzero value.  */
4595
  if (((comp_code == EQ_EXPR && integer_onep (val))
4596
       || (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (val))))
4597
    {
4598
      gimple def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);
4599
 
4600
      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
4601
          && gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) == BIT_AND_EXPR)
4602
        {
4603
          tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
4604
          tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
4605
          retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (op0, NE_EXPR, e, si);
4606
          retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (op1, NE_EXPR, e, si);
4607
        }
4608
    }
4609
 
4610
  /* In the case of NAME == 0 or NAME != 1, for BIT_IOR_EXPR defining
4611
     statement of NAME we can assert both operands of the BIT_IOR_EXPR
4612
     have zero value.  */
4613
  if (((comp_code == EQ_EXPR && integer_zerop (val))
4614
       || (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_onep (val))))
4615
    {
4616
      gimple def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);
4617
 
4618
      /* For BIT_IOR_EXPR only if NAME == 0 both operands have
4619
         necessarily zero value, or if type-precision is one.  */
4620
      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
4621
          && (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) == BIT_IOR_EXPR
4622
              && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name)) == 1
4623
                  || comp_code == EQ_EXPR)))
4624
        {
4625
          tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
4626
          tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
4627
          retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (op0, EQ_EXPR, e, si);
4628
          retval |= register_edge_assert_for_1 (op1, EQ_EXPR, e, si);
4629
        }
4630
    }
4631
 
4632
  return retval;
4633
}
4634
 
4635
 
4636
/* Determine whether the outgoing edges of BB should receive an
4637
   ASSERT_EXPR for each of the operands of BB's LAST statement.
4638
   The last statement of BB must be a COND_EXPR.
4639
 
4640
   If any of the sub-graphs rooted at BB have an interesting use of
4641
   the predicate operands, an assert location node is added to the
4642
   list of assertions for the corresponding operands.  */
4643
 
4644
static bool
4645
find_conditional_asserts (basic_block bb, gimple last)
4646
{
4647
  bool need_assert;
4648
  gimple_stmt_iterator bsi;
4649
  tree op;
4650
  edge_iterator ei;
4651
  edge e;
4652
  ssa_op_iter iter;
4653
 
4654
  need_assert = false;
4655
  bsi = gsi_for_stmt (last);
4656
 
4657
  /* Look for uses of the operands in each of the sub-graphs
4658
     rooted at BB.  We need to check each of the outgoing edges
4659
     separately, so that we know what kind of ASSERT_EXPR to
4660
     insert.  */
4661
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
4662
    {
4663
      if (e->dest == bb)
4664
        continue;
4665
 
4666
      /* Register the necessary assertions for each operand in the
4667
         conditional predicate.  */
4668
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, last, iter, SSA_OP_USE)
4669
        {
4670
          need_assert |= register_edge_assert_for (op, e, bsi,
4671
                                                   gimple_cond_code (last),
4672
                                                   gimple_cond_lhs (last),
4673
                                                   gimple_cond_rhs (last));
4674
        }
4675
    }
4676
 
4677
  return need_assert;
4678
}
4679
 
4680
struct case_info
4681
{
4682
  tree expr;
4683
  basic_block bb;
4684
};
4685
 
4686
/* Compare two case labels sorting first by the destination bb index
4687
   and then by the case value.  */
4688
 
4689
static int
4690
compare_case_labels (const void *p1, const void *p2)
4691
{
4692
  const struct case_info *ci1 = (const struct case_info *) p1;
4693
  const struct case_info *ci2 = (const struct case_info *) p2;
4694
  int idx1 = ci1->bb->index;
4695
  int idx2 = ci2->bb->index;
4696
 
4697
  if (idx1 < idx2)
4698
    return -1;
4699
  else if (idx1 == idx2)
4700
    {
4701
      /* Make sure the default label is first in a group.  */
4702
      if (!CASE_LOW (ci1->expr))
4703
        return -1;
4704
      else if (!CASE_LOW (ci2->expr))
4705
        return 1;
4706
      else
4707
        return tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (ci1->expr),
4708
                                     CASE_LOW (ci2->expr));
4709
    }
4710
  else
4711
    return 1;
4712
}
4713
 
4714
/* Determine whether the outgoing edges of BB should receive an
4715
   ASSERT_EXPR for each of the operands of BB's LAST statement.
4716
   The last statement of BB must be a SWITCH_EXPR.
4717
 
4718
   If any of the sub-graphs rooted at BB have an interesting use of
4719
   the predicate operands, an assert location node is added to the
4720
   list of assertions for the corresponding operands.  */
4721
 
4722
static bool
4723
find_switch_asserts (basic_block bb, gimple last)
4724
{
4725
  bool need_assert;
4726
  gimple_stmt_iterator bsi;
4727
  tree op;
4728
  edge e;
4729
  struct case_info *ci;
4730
  size_t n = gimple_switch_num_labels (last);
4731
#if GCC_VERSION >= 4000
4732
  unsigned int idx;
4733
#else
4734
  /* Work around GCC 3.4 bug (PR 37086).  */
4735
  volatile unsigned int idx;
4736
#endif
4737
 
4738
  need_assert = false;
4739
  bsi = gsi_for_stmt (last);
4740
  op = gimple_switch_index (last);
4741
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
4742
    return false;
4743
 
4744
  /* Build a vector of case labels sorted by destination label.  */
4745
  ci = XNEWVEC (struct case_info, n);
4746
  for (idx = 0; idx < n; ++idx)
4747
    {
4748
      ci[idx].expr = gimple_switch_label (last, idx);
4749
      ci[idx].bb = label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (ci[idx].expr));
4750
    }
4751
  qsort (ci, n, sizeof (struct case_info), compare_case_labels);
4752
 
4753
  for (idx = 0; idx < n; ++idx)
4754
    {
4755
      tree min, max;
4756
      tree cl = ci[idx].expr;
4757
      basic_block cbb = ci[idx].bb;
4758
 
4759
      min = CASE_LOW (cl);
4760
      max = CASE_HIGH (cl);
4761
 
4762
      /* If there are multiple case labels with the same destination
4763
         we need to combine them to a single value range for the edge.  */
4764
      if (idx + 1 < n && cbb == ci[idx + 1].bb)
4765
        {
4766
          /* Skip labels until the last of the group.  */
4767
          do {
4768
            ++idx;
4769
          } while (idx < n && cbb == ci[idx].bb);
4770
          --idx;
4771
 
4772
          /* Pick up the maximum of the case label range.  */
4773
          if (CASE_HIGH (ci[idx].expr))
4774
            max = CASE_HIGH (ci[idx].expr);
4775
          else
4776
            max = CASE_LOW (ci[idx].expr);
4777
        }
4778
 
4779
      /* Nothing to do if the range includes the default label until we
4780
         can register anti-ranges.  */
4781
      if (min == NULL_TREE)
4782
        continue;
4783
 
4784
      /* Find the edge to register the assert expr on.  */
4785
      e = find_edge (bb, cbb);
4786
 
4787
      /* Register the necessary assertions for the operand in the
4788
         SWITCH_EXPR.  */
4789
      need_assert |= register_edge_assert_for (op, e, bsi,
4790
                                               max ? GE_EXPR : EQ_EXPR,
4791
                                               op,
4792
                                               fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op),
4793
                                                             min));
4794
      if (max)
4795
        {
4796
          need_assert |= register_edge_assert_for (op, e, bsi, LE_EXPR,
4797
                                                   op,
4798
                                                   fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op),
4799
                                                                 max));
4800
        }
4801
    }
4802
 
4803
  XDELETEVEC (ci);
4804
  return need_assert;
4805
}
4806
 
4807
 
4808
/* Traverse all the statements in block BB looking for statements that
4809
   may generate useful assertions for the SSA names in their operand.
4810
   If a statement produces a useful assertion A for name N_i, then the
4811
   list of assertions already generated for N_i is scanned to
4812
   determine if A is actually needed.
4813
 
4814
   If N_i already had the assertion A at a location dominating the
4815
   current location, then nothing needs to be done.  Otherwise, the
4816
   new location for A is recorded instead.
4817
 
4818
   1- For every statement S in BB, all the variables used by S are
4819
      added to bitmap FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH.
4820
 
4821
   2- If statement S uses an operand N in a way that exposes a known
4822
      value range for N, then if N was not already generated by an
4823
      ASSERT_EXPR, create a new assert location for N.  For instance,
4824
      if N is a pointer and the statement dereferences it, we can
4825
      assume that N is not NULL.
4826
 
4827
   3- COND_EXPRs are a special case of #2.  We can derive range
4828
      information from the predicate but need to insert different
4829
      ASSERT_EXPRs for each of the sub-graphs rooted at the
4830
      conditional block.  If the last statement of BB is a conditional
4831
      expression of the form 'X op Y', then
4832
 
4833
      a) Remove X and Y from the set FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH.
4834
 
4835
      b) If the conditional is the only entry point to the sub-graph
4836
         corresponding to the THEN_CLAUSE, recurse into it.  On
4837
         return, if X and/or Y are marked in FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH, then
4838
         an ASSERT_EXPR is added for the corresponding variable.
4839
 
4840
      c) Repeat step (b) on the ELSE_CLAUSE.
4841
 
4842
      d) Mark X and Y in FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH.
4843
 
4844
      For instance,
4845
 
4846
            if (a == 9)
4847
              b = a;
4848
            else
4849
              b = c + 1;
4850
 
4851
      In this case, an assertion on the THEN clause is useful to
4852
      determine that 'a' is always 9 on that edge.  However, an assertion
4853
      on the ELSE clause would be unnecessary.
4854
 
4855
   4- If BB does not end in a conditional expression, then we recurse
4856
      into BB's dominator children.
4857
 
4858
   At the end of the recursive traversal, every SSA name will have a
4859
   list of locations where ASSERT_EXPRs should be added.  When a new
4860
   location for name N is found, it is registered by calling
4861
   register_new_assert_for.  That function keeps track of all the
4862
   registered assertions to prevent adding unnecessary assertions.
4863
   For instance, if a pointer P_4 is dereferenced more than once in a
4864
   dominator tree, only the location dominating all the dereference of
4865
   P_4 will receive an ASSERT_EXPR.
4866
 
4867
   If this function returns true, then it means that there are names
4868
   for which we need to generate ASSERT_EXPRs.  Those assertions are
4869
   inserted by process_assert_insertions.  */
4870
 
4871
static bool
4872
find_assert_locations_1 (basic_block bb, sbitmap live)
4873
{
4874
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;
4875
  gimple last;
4876
  gimple phi;
4877
  bool need_assert;
4878
 
4879
  need_assert = false;
4880
  last = last_stmt (bb);
4881
 
4882
  /* If BB's last statement is a conditional statement involving integer
4883
     operands, determine if we need to add ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
4884
  if (last
4885
      && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_COND
4886
      && !fp_predicate (last)
4887
      && !ZERO_SSA_OPERANDS (last, SSA_OP_USE))
4888
    need_assert |= find_conditional_asserts (bb, last);
4889
 
4890
  /* If BB's last statement is a switch statement involving integer
4891
     operands, determine if we need to add ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
4892
  if (last
4893
      && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_SWITCH
4894
      && !ZERO_SSA_OPERANDS (last, SSA_OP_USE))
4895
    need_assert |= find_switch_asserts (bb, last);
4896
 
4897
  /* Traverse all the statements in BB marking used names and looking
4898
     for statements that may infer assertions for their used operands.  */
4899
  for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
4900
    {
4901
      gimple stmt;
4902
      tree op;
4903
      ssa_op_iter i;
4904
 
4905
      stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
4906
 
4907
      if (is_gimple_debug (stmt))
4908
        continue;
4909
 
4910
      /* See if we can derive an assertion for any of STMT's operands.  */
4911
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, i, SSA_OP_USE)
4912
        {
4913
          tree value;
4914
          enum tree_code comp_code;
4915
 
4916
          /* Mark OP in our live bitmap.  */
4917
          SET_BIT (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op));
4918
 
4919
          /* If OP is used in such a way that we can infer a value
4920
             range for it, and we don't find a previous assertion for
4921
             it, create a new assertion location node for OP.  */
4922
          if (infer_value_range (stmt, op, &comp_code, &value))
4923
            {
4924
              /* If we are able to infer a nonzero value range for OP,
4925
                 then walk backwards through the use-def chain to see if OP
4926
                 was set via a typecast.
4927
 
4928
                 If so, then we can also infer a nonzero value range
4929
                 for the operand of the NOP_EXPR.  */
4930
              if (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (value))
4931
                {
4932
                  tree t = op;
4933
                  gimple def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);
4934
 
4935
                  while (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
4936
                         && gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt)  == NOP_EXPR
4937
                         && TREE_CODE
4938
                             (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)) == SSA_NAME
4939
                         && POINTER_TYPE_P
4940
                             (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt))))
4941
                    {
4942
                      t = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
4943
                      def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);
4944
 
4945
                      /* Note we want to register the assert for the
4946
                         operand of the NOP_EXPR after SI, not after the
4947
                         conversion.  */
4948
                      if (! has_single_use (t))
4949
                        {
4950
                          register_new_assert_for (t, t, comp_code, value,
4951
                                                   bb, NULL, si);
4952
                          need_assert = true;
4953
                        }
4954
                    }
4955
                }
4956
 
4957
              /* If OP is used only once, namely in this STMT, don't
4958
                 bother creating an ASSERT_EXPR for it.  Such an
4959
                 ASSERT_EXPR would do nothing but increase compile time.  */
4960
              if (!has_single_use (op))
4961
                {
4962
                  register_new_assert_for (op, op, comp_code, value,
4963
                                           bb, NULL, si);
4964
                  need_assert = true;
4965
                }
4966
            }
4967
        }
4968
    }
4969
 
4970
  /* Traverse all PHI nodes in BB marking used operands.  */
4971
  for (si = gsi_start_phis (bb); !gsi_end_p(si); gsi_next (&si))
4972
    {
4973
      use_operand_p arg_p;
4974
      ssa_op_iter i;
4975
      phi = gsi_stmt (si);
4976
 
4977
      FOR_EACH_PHI_ARG (arg_p, phi, i, SSA_OP_USE)
4978
        {
4979
          tree arg = USE_FROM_PTR (arg_p);
4980
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
4981
            SET_BIT (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (arg));
4982
        }
4983
    }
4984
 
4985
  return need_assert;
4986
}
4987
 
4988
/* Do an RPO walk over the function computing SSA name liveness
4989
   on-the-fly and deciding on assert expressions to insert.
4990
   Returns true if there are assert expressions to be inserted.  */
4991
 
4992
static bool
4993
find_assert_locations (void)
4994
{
4995
  int *rpo = XCNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block + NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS);
4996
  int *bb_rpo = XCNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block + NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS);
4997
  int *last_rpo = XCNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block + NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS);
4998
  int rpo_cnt, i;
4999
  bool need_asserts;
5000
 
5001
  live = XCNEWVEC (sbitmap, last_basic_block + NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS);
5002
  rpo_cnt = pre_and_rev_post_order_compute (NULL, rpo, false);
5003
  for (i = 0; i < rpo_cnt; ++i)
5004
    bb_rpo[rpo[i]] = i;
5005
 
5006
  need_asserts = false;
5007
  for (i = rpo_cnt-1; i >= 0; --i)
5008
    {
5009
      basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (rpo[i]);
5010
      edge e;
5011
      edge_iterator ei;
5012
 
5013
      if (!live[rpo[i]])
5014
        {
5015
          live[rpo[i]] = sbitmap_alloc (num_ssa_names);
5016
          sbitmap_zero (live[rpo[i]]);
5017
        }
5018
 
5019
      /* Process BB and update the live information with uses in
5020
         this block.  */
5021
      need_asserts |= find_assert_locations_1 (bb, live[rpo[i]]);
5022
 
5023
      /* Merge liveness into the predecessor blocks and free it.  */
5024
      if (!sbitmap_empty_p (live[rpo[i]]))
5025
        {
5026
          int pred_rpo = i;
5027
          FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
5028
            {
5029
              int pred = e->src->index;
5030
              if (e->flags & EDGE_DFS_BACK)
5031
                continue;
5032
 
5033
              if (!live[pred])
5034
                {
5035
                  live[pred] = sbitmap_alloc (num_ssa_names);
5036
                  sbitmap_zero (live[pred]);
5037
                }
5038
              sbitmap_a_or_b (live[pred], live[pred], live[rpo[i]]);
5039
 
5040
              if (bb_rpo[pred] < pred_rpo)
5041
                pred_rpo = bb_rpo[pred];
5042
            }
5043
 
5044
          /* Record the RPO number of the last visited block that needs
5045
             live information from this block.  */
5046
          last_rpo[rpo[i]] = pred_rpo;
5047
        }
5048
      else
5049
        {
5050
          sbitmap_free (live[rpo[i]]);
5051
          live[rpo[i]] = NULL;
5052
        }
5053
 
5054
      /* We can free all successors live bitmaps if all their
5055
         predecessors have been visited already.  */
5056
      FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
5057
        if (last_rpo[e->dest->index] == i
5058
            && live[e->dest->index])
5059
          {
5060
            sbitmap_free (live[e->dest->index]);
5061
            live[e->dest->index] = NULL;
5062
          }
5063
    }
5064
 
5065
  XDELETEVEC (rpo);
5066
  XDELETEVEC (bb_rpo);
5067
  XDELETEVEC (last_rpo);
5068
  for (i = 0; i < last_basic_block + NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS; ++i)
5069
    if (live[i])
5070
      sbitmap_free (live[i]);
5071
  XDELETEVEC (live);
5072
 
5073
  return need_asserts;
5074
}
5075
 
5076
/* Create an ASSERT_EXPR for NAME and insert it in the location
5077
   indicated by LOC.  Return true if we made any edge insertions.  */
5078
 
5079
static bool
5080
process_assert_insertions_for (tree name, assert_locus_t loc)
5081
{
5082
  /* Build the comparison expression NAME_i COMP_CODE VAL.  */
5083
  gimple stmt;
5084
  tree cond;
5085
  gimple assert_stmt;
5086
  edge_iterator ei;
5087
  edge e;
5088
 
5089
  /* If we have X <=> X do not insert an assert expr for that.  */
5090
  if (loc->expr == loc->val)
5091
    return false;
5092
 
5093
  cond = build2 (loc->comp_code, boolean_type_node, loc->expr, loc->val);
5094
  assert_stmt = build_assert_expr_for (cond, name);
5095
  if (loc->e)
5096
    {
5097
      /* We have been asked to insert the assertion on an edge.  This
5098
         is used only by COND_EXPR and SWITCH_EXPR assertions.  */
5099
      gcc_checking_assert (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (loc->si)) == GIMPLE_COND
5100
                           || (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (loc->si))
5101
                               == GIMPLE_SWITCH));
5102
 
5103
      gsi_insert_on_edge (loc->e, assert_stmt);
5104
      return true;
5105
    }
5106
 
5107
  /* Otherwise, we can insert right after LOC->SI iff the
5108
     statement must not be the last statement in the block.  */
5109
  stmt = gsi_stmt (loc->si);
5110
  if (!stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
5111
    {
5112
      gsi_insert_after (&loc->si, assert_stmt, GSI_SAME_STMT);
5113
      return false;
5114
    }
5115
 
5116
  /* If STMT must be the last statement in BB, we can only insert new
5117
     assertions on the non-abnormal edge out of BB.  Note that since
5118
     STMT is not control flow, there may only be one non-abnormal edge
5119
     out of BB.  */
5120
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, loc->bb->succs)
5121
    if (!(e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))
5122
      {
5123
        gsi_insert_on_edge (e, assert_stmt);
5124
        return true;
5125
      }
5126
 
5127
  gcc_unreachable ();
5128
}
5129
 
5130
 
5131
/* Process all the insertions registered for every name N_i registered
5132
   in NEED_ASSERT_FOR.  The list of assertions to be inserted are
5133
   found in ASSERTS_FOR[i].  */
5134
 
5135
static void
5136
process_assert_insertions (void)
5137
{
5138
  unsigned i;
5139
  bitmap_iterator bi;
5140
  bool update_edges_p = false;
5141
  int num_asserts = 0;
5142
 
5143
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5144
    dump_all_asserts (dump_file);
5145
 
5146
  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (need_assert_for, 0, i, bi)
5147
    {
5148
      assert_locus_t loc = asserts_for[i];
5149
      gcc_assert (loc);
5150
 
5151
      while (loc)
5152
        {
5153
          assert_locus_t next = loc->next;
5154
          update_edges_p |= process_assert_insertions_for (ssa_name (i), loc);
5155
          free (loc);
5156
          loc = next;
5157
          num_asserts++;
5158
        }
5159
    }
5160
 
5161
  if (update_edges_p)
5162
    gsi_commit_edge_inserts ();
5163
 
5164
  statistics_counter_event (cfun, "Number of ASSERT_EXPR expressions inserted",
5165
                            num_asserts);
5166
}
5167
 
5168
 
5169
/* Traverse the flowgraph looking for conditional jumps to insert range
5170
   expressions.  These range expressions are meant to provide information
5171
   to optimizations that need to reason in terms of value ranges.  They
5172
   will not be expanded into RTL.  For instance, given:
5173
 
5174
   x = ...
5175
   y = ...
5176
   if (x < y)
5177
     y = x - 2;
5178
   else
5179
     x = y + 3;
5180
 
5181
   this pass will transform the code into:
5182
 
5183
   x = ...
5184
   y = ...
5185
   if (x < y)
5186
    {
5187
      x = ASSERT_EXPR <x, x < y>
5188
      y = x - 2
5189
    }
5190
   else
5191
    {
5192
      y = ASSERT_EXPR <y, x <= y>
5193
      x = y + 3
5194
    }
5195
 
5196
   The idea is that once copy and constant propagation have run, other
5197
   optimizations will be able to determine what ranges of values can 'x'
5198
   take in different paths of the code, simply by checking the reaching
5199
   definition of 'x'.  */
5200
 
5201
static void
5202
insert_range_assertions (void)
5203
{
5204
  need_assert_for = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
5205
  asserts_for = XCNEWVEC (assert_locus_t, num_ssa_names);
5206
 
5207
  calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
5208
 
5209
  if (find_assert_locations ())
5210
    {
5211
      process_assert_insertions ();
5212
      update_ssa (TODO_update_ssa_no_phi);
5213
    }
5214
 
5215
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5216
    {
5217
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nSSA form after inserting ASSERT_EXPRs\n");
5218
      dump_function_to_file (current_function_decl, dump_file, dump_flags);
5219
    }
5220
 
5221
  free (asserts_for);
5222
  BITMAP_FREE (need_assert_for);
5223
}
5224
 
5225
/* Checks one ARRAY_REF in REF, located at LOCUS. Ignores flexible arrays
5226
   and "struct" hacks. If VRP can determine that the
5227
   array subscript is a constant, check if it is outside valid
5228
   range. If the array subscript is a RANGE, warn if it is
5229
   non-overlapping with valid range.
5230
   IGNORE_OFF_BY_ONE is true if the ARRAY_REF is inside a ADDR_EXPR.  */
5231
 
5232
static void
5233
check_array_ref (location_t location, tree ref, bool ignore_off_by_one)
5234
{
5235
  value_range_t* vr = NULL;
5236
  tree low_sub, up_sub;
5237
  tree low_bound, up_bound, up_bound_p1;
5238
  tree base;
5239
 
5240
  if (TREE_NO_WARNING (ref))
5241
    return;
5242
 
5243
  low_sub = up_sub = TREE_OPERAND (ref, 1);
5244
  up_bound = array_ref_up_bound (ref);
5245
 
5246
  /* Can not check flexible arrays.  */
5247
  if (!up_bound
5248
      || TREE_CODE (up_bound) != INTEGER_CST)
5249
    return;
5250
 
5251
  /* Accesses to trailing arrays via pointers may access storage
5252
     beyond the types array bounds.  */
5253
  base = get_base_address (ref);
5254
  if (base && TREE_CODE (base) == MEM_REF)
5255
    {
5256
      tree cref, next = NULL_TREE;
5257
 
5258
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0)) != COMPONENT_REF)
5259
        return;
5260
 
5261
      cref = TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0);
5262
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (cref, 0))) == RECORD_TYPE)
5263
        for (next = DECL_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (cref, 1));
5264
             next && TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL;
5265
             next = DECL_CHAIN (next))
5266
          ;
5267
 
5268
      /* If this is the last field in a struct type or a field in a
5269
         union type do not warn.  */
5270
      if (!next)
5271
        return;
5272
    }
5273
 
5274
  low_bound = array_ref_low_bound (ref);
5275
  up_bound_p1 = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, up_bound, integer_one_node);
5276
 
5277
  if (TREE_CODE (low_sub) == SSA_NAME)
5278
    {
5279
      vr = get_value_range (low_sub);
5280
      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE || vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
5281
        {
5282
          low_sub = vr->type == VR_RANGE ? vr->max : vr->min;
5283
          up_sub = vr->type == VR_RANGE ? vr->min : vr->max;
5284
        }
5285
    }
5286
 
5287
  if (vr && vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
5288
    {
5289
      if (TREE_CODE (up_sub) == INTEGER_CST
5290
          && tree_int_cst_lt (up_bound, up_sub)
5291
          && TREE_CODE (low_sub) == INTEGER_CST
5292
          && tree_int_cst_lt (low_sub, low_bound))
5293
        {
5294
          warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
5295
                      "array subscript is outside array bounds");
5296
          TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
5297
        }
5298
    }
5299
  else if (TREE_CODE (up_sub) == INTEGER_CST
5300
           && (ignore_off_by_one
5301
               ? (tree_int_cst_lt (up_bound, up_sub)
5302
                  && !tree_int_cst_equal (up_bound_p1, up_sub))
5303
               : (tree_int_cst_lt (up_bound, up_sub)
5304
                  || tree_int_cst_equal (up_bound_p1, up_sub))))
5305
    {
5306
      warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
5307
                  "array subscript is above array bounds");
5308
      TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
5309
    }
5310
  else if (TREE_CODE (low_sub) == INTEGER_CST
5311
           && tree_int_cst_lt (low_sub, low_bound))
5312
    {
5313
      warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
5314
                  "array subscript is below array bounds");
5315
      TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
5316
    }
5317
}
5318
 
5319
/* Searches if the expr T, located at LOCATION computes
5320
   address of an ARRAY_REF, and call check_array_ref on it.  */
5321
 
5322
static void
5323
search_for_addr_array (tree t, location_t location)
5324
{
5325
  while (TREE_CODE (t) == SSA_NAME)
5326
    {
5327
      gimple g = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);
5328
 
5329
      if (gimple_code (g) != GIMPLE_ASSIGN)
5330
        return;
5331
 
5332
      if (get_gimple_rhs_class (gimple_assign_rhs_code (g))
5333
          != GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS)
5334
        return;
5335
 
5336
      t = gimple_assign_rhs1 (g);
5337
    }
5338
 
5339
 
5340
  /* We are only interested in addresses of ARRAY_REF's.  */
5341
  if (TREE_CODE (t) != ADDR_EXPR)
5342
    return;
5343
 
5344
  /* Check each ARRAY_REFs in the reference chain. */
5345
  do
5346
    {
5347
      if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF)
5348
        check_array_ref (location, t, true /*ignore_off_by_one*/);
5349
 
5350
      t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
5351
    }
5352
  while (handled_component_p (t));
5353
 
5354
  if (TREE_CODE (t) == MEM_REF
5355
      && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
5356
      && !TREE_NO_WARNING (t))
5357
    {
5358
      tree tem = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0), 0);
5359
      tree low_bound, up_bound, el_sz;
5360
      double_int idx;
5361
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) != ARRAY_TYPE
5362
          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) == ARRAY_TYPE
5363
          || !TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (tem)))
5364
        return;
5365
 
5366
      low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
5367
      up_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
5368
      el_sz = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
5369
      if (!low_bound
5370
          || TREE_CODE (low_bound) != INTEGER_CST
5371
          || !up_bound
5372
          || TREE_CODE (up_bound) != INTEGER_CST
5373
          || !el_sz
5374
          || TREE_CODE (el_sz) != INTEGER_CST)
5375
        return;
5376
 
5377
      idx = mem_ref_offset (t);
5378
      idx = double_int_sdiv (idx, tree_to_double_int (el_sz), TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
5379
      if (double_int_scmp (idx, double_int_zero) < 0)
5380
        {
5381
          warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
5382
                      "array subscript is below array bounds");
5383
          TREE_NO_WARNING (t) = 1;
5384
        }
5385
      else if (double_int_scmp (idx,
5386
                                double_int_add
5387
                                  (double_int_add
5388
                                    (tree_to_double_int (up_bound),
5389
                                     double_int_neg
5390
                                       (tree_to_double_int (low_bound))),
5391
                                    double_int_one)) > 0)
5392
        {
5393
          warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
5394
                      "array subscript is above array bounds");
5395
          TREE_NO_WARNING (t) = 1;
5396
        }
5397
    }
5398
}
5399
 
5400
/* walk_tree() callback that checks if *TP is
5401
   an ARRAY_REF inside an ADDR_EXPR (in which an array
5402
   subscript one outside the valid range is allowed). Call
5403
   check_array_ref for each ARRAY_REF found. The location is
5404
   passed in DATA.  */
5405
 
5406
static tree
5407
check_array_bounds (tree *tp, int *walk_subtree, void *data)
5408
{
5409
  tree t = *tp;
5410
  struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data;
5411
  location_t location;
5412
 
5413
  if (EXPR_HAS_LOCATION (t))
5414
    location = EXPR_LOCATION (t);
5415
  else
5416
    {
5417
      location_t *locp = (location_t *) wi->info;
5418
      location = *locp;
5419
    }
5420
 
5421
  *walk_subtree = TRUE;
5422
 
5423
  if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF)
5424
    check_array_ref (location, t, false /*ignore_off_by_one*/);
5425
 
5426
  if (TREE_CODE (t) == MEM_REF
5427
      || (TREE_CODE (t) == RETURN_EXPR && TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)))
5428
    search_for_addr_array (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0), location);
5429
 
5430
  if (TREE_CODE (t) == ADDR_EXPR)
5431
    *walk_subtree = FALSE;
5432
 
5433
  return NULL_TREE;
5434
}
5435
 
5436
/* Walk over all statements of all reachable BBs and call check_array_bounds
5437
   on them.  */
5438
 
5439
static void
5440
check_all_array_refs (void)
5441
{
5442
  basic_block bb;
5443
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;
5444
 
5445
  FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
5446
    {
5447
      edge_iterator ei;
5448
      edge e;
5449
      bool executable = false;
5450
 
5451
      /* Skip blocks that were found to be unreachable.  */
5452
      FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
5453
        executable |= !!(e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE);
5454
      if (!executable)
5455
        continue;
5456
 
5457
      for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
5458
        {
5459
          gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
5460
          struct walk_stmt_info wi;
5461
          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
5462
            continue;
5463
 
5464
          if (is_gimple_call (stmt))
5465
            {
5466
              size_t i;
5467
              size_t n = gimple_call_num_args (stmt);
5468
              for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5469
                {
5470
                  tree arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, i);
5471
                  search_for_addr_array (arg, gimple_location (stmt));
5472
                }
5473
            }
5474
          else
5475
            {
5476
              memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi));
5477
              wi.info = CONST_CAST (void *, (const void *)
5478
                                    gimple_location_ptr (stmt));
5479
 
5480
              walk_gimple_op (gsi_stmt (si),
5481
                              check_array_bounds,
5482
                              &wi);
5483
            }
5484
        }
5485
    }
5486
}
5487
 
5488
/* Convert range assertion expressions into the implied copies and
5489
   copy propagate away the copies.  Doing the trivial copy propagation
5490
   here avoids the need to run the full copy propagation pass after
5491
   VRP.
5492
 
5493
   FIXME, this will eventually lead to copy propagation removing the
5494
   names that had useful range information attached to them.  For
5495
   instance, if we had the assertion N_i = ASSERT_EXPR <N_j, N_j > 3>,
5496
   then N_i will have the range [3, +INF].
5497
 
5498
   However, by converting the assertion into the implied copy
5499
   operation N_i = N_j, we will then copy-propagate N_j into the uses
5500
   of N_i and lose the range information.  We may want to hold on to
5501
   ASSERT_EXPRs a little while longer as the ranges could be used in
5502
   things like jump threading.
5503
 
5504
   The problem with keeping ASSERT_EXPRs around is that passes after
5505
   VRP need to handle them appropriately.
5506
 
5507
   Another approach would be to make the range information a first
5508
   class property of the SSA_NAME so that it can be queried from
5509
   any pass.  This is made somewhat more complex by the need for
5510
   multiple ranges to be associated with one SSA_NAME.  */
5511
 
5512
static void
5513
remove_range_assertions (void)
5514
{
5515
  basic_block bb;
5516
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;
5517
 
5518
  /* Note that the BSI iterator bump happens at the bottom of the
5519
     loop and no bump is necessary if we're removing the statement
5520
     referenced by the current BSI.  */
5521
  FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
5522
    for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si);)
5523
      {
5524
        gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
5525
        gimple use_stmt;
5526
 
5527
        if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
5528
            && gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == ASSERT_EXPR)
5529
          {
5530
            tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
5531
            tree var;
5532
            tree cond = fold (ASSERT_EXPR_COND (rhs));
5533
            use_operand_p use_p;
5534
            imm_use_iterator iter;
5535
 
5536
            gcc_assert (cond != boolean_false_node);
5537
 
5538
            /* Propagate the RHS into every use of the LHS.  */
5539
            var = ASSERT_EXPR_VAR (rhs);
5540
            FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (use_stmt, iter,
5541
                                   gimple_assign_lhs (stmt))
5542
              FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter)
5543
                {
5544
                  SET_USE (use_p, var);
5545
                  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME);
5546
                }
5547
 
5548
            /* And finally, remove the copy, it is not needed.  */
5549
            gsi_remove (&si, true);
5550
            release_defs (stmt);
5551
          }
5552
        else
5553
          gsi_next (&si);
5554
      }
5555
}
5556
 
5557
 
5558
/* Return true if STMT is interesting for VRP.  */
5559
 
5560
static bool
5561
stmt_interesting_for_vrp (gimple stmt)
5562
{
5563
  if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI
5564
      && is_gimple_reg (gimple_phi_result (stmt))
5565
      && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_phi_result (stmt)))
5566
          || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_phi_result (stmt)))))
5567
    return true;
5568
  else if (is_gimple_assign (stmt) || is_gimple_call (stmt))
5569
    {
5570
      tree lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);
5571
 
5572
      /* In general, assignments with virtual operands are not useful
5573
         for deriving ranges, with the obvious exception of calls to
5574
         builtin functions.  */
5575
      if (lhs && TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME
5576
          && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
5577
              || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
5578
          && ((is_gimple_call (stmt)
5579
               && gimple_call_fndecl (stmt) != NULL_TREE
5580
               && DECL_BUILT_IN (gimple_call_fndecl (stmt)))
5581
              || !gimple_vuse (stmt)))
5582
        return true;
5583
    }
5584
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND
5585
           || gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
5586
    return true;
5587
 
5588
  return false;
5589
}
5590
 
5591
 
5592
/* Initialize local data structures for VRP.  */
5593
 
5594
static void
5595
vrp_initialize (void)
5596
{
5597
  basic_block bb;
5598
 
5599
  values_propagated = false;
5600
  num_vr_values = num_ssa_names;
5601
  vr_value = XCNEWVEC (value_range_t *, num_vr_values);
5602
  vr_phi_edge_counts = XCNEWVEC (int, num_ssa_names);
5603
 
5604
  FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
5605
    {
5606
      gimple_stmt_iterator si;
5607
 
5608
      for (si = gsi_start_phis (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
5609
        {
5610
          gimple phi = gsi_stmt (si);
5611
          if (!stmt_interesting_for_vrp (phi))
5612
            {
5613
              tree lhs = PHI_RESULT (phi);
5614
              set_value_range_to_varying (get_value_range (lhs));
5615
              prop_set_simulate_again (phi, false);
5616
            }
5617
          else
5618
            prop_set_simulate_again (phi, true);
5619
        }
5620
 
5621
      for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
5622
        {
5623
          gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
5624
 
5625
          /* If the statement is a control insn, then we do not
5626
             want to avoid simulating the statement once.  Failure
5627
             to do so means that those edges will never get added.  */
5628
          if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
5629
            prop_set_simulate_again (stmt, true);
5630
          else if (!stmt_interesting_for_vrp (stmt))
5631
            {
5632
              ssa_op_iter i;
5633
              tree def;
5634
              FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (def, stmt, i, SSA_OP_DEF)
5635
                set_value_range_to_varying (get_value_range (def));
5636
              prop_set_simulate_again (stmt, false);
5637
            }
5638
          else
5639
            prop_set_simulate_again (stmt, true);
5640
        }
5641
    }
5642
}
5643
 
5644
/* Return the singleton value-range for NAME or NAME.  */
5645
 
5646
static inline tree
5647
vrp_valueize (tree name)
5648
{
5649
  if (TREE_CODE (name) == SSA_NAME)
5650
    {
5651
      value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (name);
5652
      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE
5653
          && (vr->min == vr->max
5654
              || operand_equal_p (vr->min, vr->max, 0)))
5655
        return vr->min;
5656
    }
5657
  return name;
5658
}
5659
 
5660
/* Visit assignment STMT.  If it produces an interesting range, record
5661
   the SSA name in *OUTPUT_P.  */
5662
 
5663
static enum ssa_prop_result
5664
vrp_visit_assignment_or_call (gimple stmt, tree *output_p)
5665
{
5666
  tree def, lhs;
5667
  ssa_op_iter iter;
5668
  enum gimple_code code = gimple_code (stmt);
5669
  lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);
5670
 
5671
  /* We only keep track of ranges in integral and pointer types.  */
5672
  if (TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME
5673
      && ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
5674
           /* It is valid to have NULL MIN/MAX values on a type.  See
5675
              build_range_type.  */
5676
           && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
5677
           && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
5678
          || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))))
5679
    {
5680
      value_range_t new_vr = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
5681
 
5682
      /* Try folding the statement to a constant first.  */
5683
      tree tem = gimple_fold_stmt_to_constant (stmt, vrp_valueize);
5684
      if (tem && !is_overflow_infinity (tem))
5685
        set_value_range (&new_vr, VR_RANGE, tem, tem, NULL);
5686
      /* Then dispatch to value-range extracting functions.  */
5687
      else if (code == GIMPLE_CALL)
5688
        extract_range_basic (&new_vr, stmt);
5689
      else
5690
        extract_range_from_assignment (&new_vr, stmt);
5691
 
5692
      if (update_value_range (lhs, &new_vr))
5693
        {
5694
          *output_p = lhs;
5695
 
5696
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
5697
            {
5698
              fprintf (dump_file, "Found new range for ");
5699
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, lhs, 0);
5700
              fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
5701
              dump_value_range (dump_file, &new_vr);
5702
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n\n");
5703
            }
5704
 
5705
          if (new_vr.type == VR_VARYING)
5706
            return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
5707
 
5708
          return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING;
5709
        }
5710
 
5711
      return SSA_PROP_NOT_INTERESTING;
5712
    }
5713
 
5714
  /* Every other statement produces no useful ranges.  */
5715
  FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (def, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_DEF)
5716
    set_value_range_to_varying (get_value_range (def));
5717
 
5718
  return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
5719
}
5720
 
5721
/* Helper that gets the value range of the SSA_NAME with version I
5722
   or a symbolic range containing the SSA_NAME only if the value range
5723
   is varying or undefined.  */
5724
 
5725
static inline value_range_t
5726
get_vr_for_comparison (int i)
5727
{
5728
  value_range_t vr = *get_value_range (ssa_name (i));
5729
 
5730
  /* If name N_i does not have a valid range, use N_i as its own
5731
     range.  This allows us to compare against names that may
5732
     have N_i in their ranges.  */
5733
  if (vr.type == VR_VARYING || vr.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
5734
    {
5735
      vr.type = VR_RANGE;
5736
      vr.min = ssa_name (i);
5737
      vr.max = ssa_name (i);
5738
    }
5739
 
5740
  return vr;
5741
}
5742
 
5743
/* Compare all the value ranges for names equivalent to VAR with VAL
5744
   using comparison code COMP.  Return the same value returned by
5745
   compare_range_with_value, including the setting of
5746
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.  */
5747
 
5748
static tree
5749
compare_name_with_value (enum tree_code comp, tree var, tree val,
5750
                         bool *strict_overflow_p)
5751
{
5752
  bitmap_iterator bi;
5753
  unsigned i;
5754
  bitmap e;
5755
  tree retval, t;
5756
  int used_strict_overflow;
5757
  bool sop;
5758
  value_range_t equiv_vr;
5759
 
5760
  /* Get the set of equivalences for VAR.  */
5761
  e = get_value_range (var)->equiv;
5762
 
5763
  /* Start at -1.  Set it to 0 if we do a comparison without relying
5764
     on overflow, or 1 if all comparisons rely on overflow.  */
5765
  used_strict_overflow = -1;
5766
 
5767
  /* Compare vars' value range with val.  */
5768
  equiv_vr = get_vr_for_comparison (SSA_NAME_VERSION (var));
5769
  sop = false;
5770
  retval = compare_range_with_value (comp, &equiv_vr, val, &sop);
5771
  if (retval)
5772
    used_strict_overflow = sop ? 1 : 0;
5773
 
5774
  /* If the equiv set is empty we have done all work we need to do.  */
5775
  if (e == NULL)
5776
    {
5777
      if (retval
5778
          && used_strict_overflow > 0)
5779
        *strict_overflow_p = true;
5780
      return retval;
5781
    }
5782
 
5783
  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (e, 0, i, bi)
5784
    {
5785
      equiv_vr = get_vr_for_comparison (i);
5786
      sop = false;
5787
      t = compare_range_with_value (comp, &equiv_vr, val, &sop);
5788
      if (t)
5789
        {
5790
          /* If we get different answers from different members
5791
             of the equivalence set this check must be in a dead
5792
             code region.  Folding it to a trap representation
5793
             would be correct here.  For now just return don't-know.  */
5794
          if (retval != NULL
5795
              && t != retval)
5796
            {
5797
              retval = NULL_TREE;
5798
              break;
5799
            }
5800
          retval = t;
5801
 
5802
          if (!sop)
5803
            used_strict_overflow = 0;
5804
          else if (used_strict_overflow < 0)
5805
            used_strict_overflow = 1;
5806
        }
5807
    }
5808
 
5809
  if (retval
5810
      && used_strict_overflow > 0)
5811
    *strict_overflow_p = true;
5812
 
5813
  return retval;
5814
}
5815
 
5816
 
5817
/* Given a comparison code COMP and names N1 and N2, compare all the
5818
   ranges equivalent to N1 against all the ranges equivalent to N2
5819
   to determine the value of N1 COMP N2.  Return the same value
5820
   returned by compare_ranges.  Set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to indicate
5821
   whether we relied on an overflow infinity in the comparison.  */
5822
 
5823
 
5824
static tree
5825
compare_names (enum tree_code comp, tree n1, tree n2,
5826
               bool *strict_overflow_p)
5827
{
5828
  tree t, retval;
5829
  bitmap e1, e2;
5830
  bitmap_iterator bi1, bi2;
5831
  unsigned i1, i2;
5832
  int used_strict_overflow;
5833
  static bitmap_obstack *s_obstack = NULL;
5834
  static bitmap s_e1 = NULL, s_e2 = NULL;
5835
 
5836
  /* Compare the ranges of every name equivalent to N1 against the
5837
     ranges of every name equivalent to N2.  */
5838
  e1 = get_value_range (n1)->equiv;
5839
  e2 = get_value_range (n2)->equiv;
5840
 
5841
  /* Use the fake bitmaps if e1 or e2 are not available.  */
5842
  if (s_obstack == NULL)
5843
    {
5844
      s_obstack = XNEW (bitmap_obstack);
5845
      bitmap_obstack_initialize (s_obstack);
5846
      s_e1 = BITMAP_ALLOC (s_obstack);
5847
      s_e2 = BITMAP_ALLOC (s_obstack);
5848
    }
5849
  if (e1 == NULL)
5850
    e1 = s_e1;
5851
  if (e2 == NULL)
5852
    e2 = s_e2;
5853
 
5854
  /* Add N1 and N2 to their own set of equivalences to avoid
5855
     duplicating the body of the loop just to check N1 and N2
5856
     ranges.  */
5857
  bitmap_set_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
5858
  bitmap_set_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
5859
 
5860
  /* If the equivalence sets have a common intersection, then the two
5861
     names can be compared without checking their ranges.  */
5862
  if (bitmap_intersect_p (e1, e2))
5863
    {
5864
      bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
5865
      bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
5866
 
5867
      return (comp == EQ_EXPR || comp == GE_EXPR || comp == LE_EXPR)
5868
             ? boolean_true_node
5869
             : boolean_false_node;
5870
    }
5871
 
5872
  /* Start at -1.  Set it to 0 if we do a comparison without relying
5873
     on overflow, or 1 if all comparisons rely on overflow.  */
5874
  used_strict_overflow = -1;
5875
 
5876
  /* Otherwise, compare all the equivalent ranges.  First, add N1 and
5877
     N2 to their own set of equivalences to avoid duplicating the body
5878
     of the loop just to check N1 and N2 ranges.  */
5879
  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (e1, 0, i1, bi1)
5880
    {
5881
      value_range_t vr1 = get_vr_for_comparison (i1);
5882
 
5883
      t = retval = NULL_TREE;
5884
      EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (e2, 0, i2, bi2)
5885
        {
5886
          bool sop = false;
5887
 
5888
          value_range_t vr2 = get_vr_for_comparison (i2);
5889
 
5890
          t = compare_ranges (comp, &vr1, &vr2, &sop);
5891
          if (t)
5892
            {
5893
              /* If we get different answers from different members
5894
                 of the equivalence set this check must be in a dead
5895
                 code region.  Folding it to a trap representation
5896
                 would be correct here.  For now just return don't-know.  */
5897
              if (retval != NULL
5898
                  && t != retval)
5899
                {
5900
                  bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
5901
                  bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
5902
                  return NULL_TREE;
5903
                }
5904
              retval = t;
5905
 
5906
              if (!sop)
5907
                used_strict_overflow = 0;
5908
              else if (used_strict_overflow < 0)
5909
                used_strict_overflow = 1;
5910
            }
5911
        }
5912
 
5913
      if (retval)
5914
        {
5915
          bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
5916
          bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
5917
          if (used_strict_overflow > 0)
5918
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
5919
          return retval;
5920
        }
5921
    }
5922
 
5923
  /* None of the equivalent ranges are useful in computing this
5924
     comparison.  */
5925
  bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
5926
  bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
5927
  return NULL_TREE;
5928
}
5929
 
5930
/* Helper function for vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv.  */
5931
 
5932
static tree
5933
vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges (enum tree_code code,
5934
                                                      tree op0, tree op1,
5935
                                                      bool * strict_overflow_p)
5936
{
5937
  value_range_t *vr0, *vr1;
5938
 
5939
  vr0 = (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME) ? get_value_range (op0) : NULL;
5940
  vr1 = (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME) ? get_value_range (op1) : NULL;
5941
 
5942
  if (vr0 && vr1)
5943
    return compare_ranges (code, vr0, vr1, strict_overflow_p);
5944
  else if (vr0 && vr1 == NULL)
5945
    return compare_range_with_value (code, vr0, op1, strict_overflow_p);
5946
  else if (vr0 == NULL && vr1)
5947
    return (compare_range_with_value
5948
            (swap_tree_comparison (code), vr1, op0, strict_overflow_p));
5949
  return NULL;
5950
}
5951
 
5952
/* Helper function for vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv. */
5953
 
5954
static tree
5955
vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (enum tree_code code, tree op0,
5956
                                         tree op1, bool use_equiv_p,
5957
                                         bool *strict_overflow_p, bool *only_ranges)
5958
{
5959
  tree ret;
5960
  if (only_ranges)
5961
    *only_ranges = true;
5962
 
5963
  /* We only deal with integral and pointer types.  */
5964
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0))
5965
      && !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
5966
    return NULL_TREE;
5967
 
5968
  if (use_equiv_p)
5969
    {
5970
      if (only_ranges
5971
          && (ret = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges
5972
                      (code, op0, op1, strict_overflow_p)))
5973
        return ret;
5974
      *only_ranges = false;
5975
      if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME && TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
5976
        return compare_names (code, op0, op1, strict_overflow_p);
5977
      else if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
5978
        return compare_name_with_value (code, op0, op1, strict_overflow_p);
5979
      else if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
5980
        return (compare_name_with_value
5981
                (swap_tree_comparison (code), op1, op0, strict_overflow_p));
5982
    }
5983
  else
5984
    return vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges (code, op0, op1,
5985
                                                                 strict_overflow_p);
5986
  return NULL_TREE;
5987
}
5988
 
5989
/* Given (CODE OP0 OP1) within STMT, try to simplify it based on value range
5990
   information.  Return NULL if the conditional can not be evaluated.
5991
   The ranges of all the names equivalent with the operands in COND
5992
   will be used when trying to compute the value.  If the result is
5993
   based on undefined signed overflow, issue a warning if
5994
   appropriate.  */
5995
 
5996
static tree
5997
vrp_evaluate_conditional (enum tree_code code, tree op0, tree op1, gimple stmt)
5998
{
5999
  bool sop;
6000
  tree ret;
6001
  bool only_ranges;
6002
 
6003
  /* Some passes and foldings leak constants with overflow flag set
6004
     into the IL.  Avoid doing wrong things with these and bail out.  */
6005
  if ((TREE_CODE (op0) == INTEGER_CST
6006
       && TREE_OVERFLOW (op0))
6007
      || (TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST
6008
          && TREE_OVERFLOW (op1)))
6009
    return NULL_TREE;
6010
 
6011
  sop = false;
6012
  ret = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (code, op0, op1, true, &sop,
6013
                                                 &only_ranges);
6014
 
6015
  if (ret && sop)
6016
    {
6017
      enum warn_strict_overflow_code wc;
6018
      const char* warnmsg;
6019
 
6020
      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (ret))
6021
        {
6022
          wc = WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL;
6023
          warnmsg = G_("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
6024
                       "simplifying conditional to constant");
6025
        }
6026
      else
6027
        {
6028
          wc = WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_COMPARISON;
6029
          warnmsg = G_("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
6030
                       "simplifying conditional");
6031
        }
6032
 
6033
      if (issue_strict_overflow_warning (wc))
6034
        {
6035
          location_t location;
6036
 
6037
          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
6038
            location = input_location;
6039
          else
6040
            location = gimple_location (stmt);
6041
          warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow, "%s", warnmsg);
6042
        }
6043
    }
6044
 
6045
  if (warn_type_limits
6046
      && ret && only_ranges
6047
      && TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_comparison
6048
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
6049
    {
6050
      /* If the comparison is being folded and the operand on the LHS
6051
         is being compared against a constant value that is outside of
6052
         the natural range of OP0's type, then the predicate will
6053
         always fold regardless of the value of OP0.  If -Wtype-limits
6054
         was specified, emit a warning.  */
6055
      tree type = TREE_TYPE (op0);
6056
      value_range_t *vr0 = get_value_range (op0);
6057
 
6058
      if (vr0->type != VR_VARYING
6059
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
6060
          && vrp_val_is_min (vr0->min)
6061
          && vrp_val_is_max (vr0->max)
6062
          && is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
6063
        {
6064
          location_t location;
6065
 
6066
          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
6067
            location = input_location;
6068
          else
6069
            location = gimple_location (stmt);
6070
 
6071
          warning_at (location, OPT_Wtype_limits,
6072
                      integer_zerop (ret)
6073
                      ? G_("comparison always false "
6074
                           "due to limited range of data type")
6075
                      : G_("comparison always true "
6076
                           "due to limited range of data type"));
6077
        }
6078
    }
6079
 
6080
  return ret;
6081
}
6082
 
6083
 
6084
/* Visit conditional statement STMT.  If we can determine which edge
6085
   will be taken out of STMT's basic block, record it in
6086
   *TAKEN_EDGE_P and return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING.  Otherwise, return
6087
   SSA_PROP_VARYING.  */
6088
 
6089
static enum ssa_prop_result
6090
vrp_visit_cond_stmt (gimple stmt, edge *taken_edge_p)
6091
{
6092
  tree val;
6093
  bool sop;
6094
 
6095
  *taken_edge_p = NULL;
6096
 
6097
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6098
    {
6099
      tree use;
6100
      ssa_op_iter i;
6101
 
6102
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting conditional with predicate: ");
6103
      print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, 0);
6104
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nWith known ranges\n");
6105
 
6106
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (use, stmt, i, SSA_OP_USE)
6107
        {
6108
          fprintf (dump_file, "\t");
6109
          print_generic_expr (dump_file, use, 0);
6110
          fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
6111
          dump_value_range (dump_file, vr_value[SSA_NAME_VERSION (use)]);
6112
        }
6113
 
6114
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
6115
    }
6116
 
6117
  /* Compute the value of the predicate COND by checking the known
6118
     ranges of each of its operands.
6119
 
6120
     Note that we cannot evaluate all the equivalent ranges here
6121
     because those ranges may not yet be final and with the current
6122
     propagation strategy, we cannot determine when the value ranges
6123
     of the names in the equivalence set have changed.
6124
 
6125
     For instance, given the following code fragment
6126
 
6127
        i_5 = PHI <8, i_13>
6128
        ...
6129
        i_14 = ASSERT_EXPR <i_5, i_5 != 0>
6130
        if (i_14 == 1)
6131
          ...
6132
 
6133
     Assume that on the first visit to i_14, i_5 has the temporary
6134
     range [8, 8] because the second argument to the PHI function is
6135
     not yet executable.  We derive the range ~[0, 0] for i_14 and the
6136
     equivalence set { i_5 }.  So, when we visit 'if (i_14 == 1)' for
6137
     the first time, since i_14 is equivalent to the range [8, 8], we
6138
     determine that the predicate is always false.
6139
 
6140
     On the next round of propagation, i_13 is determined to be
6141
     VARYING, which causes i_5 to drop down to VARYING.  So, another
6142
     visit to i_14 is scheduled.  In this second visit, we compute the
6143
     exact same range and equivalence set for i_14, namely ~[0, 0] and
6144
     { i_5 }.  But we did not have the previous range for i_5
6145
     registered, so vrp_visit_assignment thinks that the range for
6146
     i_14 has not changed.  Therefore, the predicate 'if (i_14 == 1)'
6147
     is not visited again, which stops propagation from visiting
6148
     statements in the THEN clause of that if().
6149
 
6150
     To properly fix this we would need to keep the previous range
6151
     value for the names in the equivalence set.  This way we would've
6152
     discovered that from one visit to the other i_5 changed from
6153
     range [8, 8] to VR_VARYING.
6154
 
6155
     However, fixing this apparent limitation may not be worth the
6156
     additional checking.  Testing on several code bases (GCC, DLV,
6157
     MICO, TRAMP3D and SPEC2000) showed that doing this results in
6158
     4 more predicates folded in SPEC.  */
6159
  sop = false;
6160
 
6161
  val = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (gimple_cond_code (stmt),
6162
                                                 gimple_cond_lhs (stmt),
6163
                                                 gimple_cond_rhs (stmt),
6164
                                                 false, &sop, NULL);
6165
  if (val)
6166
    {
6167
      if (!sop)
6168
        *taken_edge_p = find_taken_edge (gimple_bb (stmt), val);
6169
      else
6170
        {
6171
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6172
            fprintf (dump_file,
6173
                     "\nIgnoring predicate evaluation because "
6174
                     "it assumes that signed overflow is undefined");
6175
          val = NULL_TREE;
6176
        }
6177
    }
6178
 
6179
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6180
    {
6181
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nPredicate evaluates to: ");
6182
      if (val == NULL_TREE)
6183
        fprintf (dump_file, "DON'T KNOW\n");
6184
      else
6185
        print_generic_stmt (dump_file, val, 0);
6186
    }
6187
 
6188
  return (*taken_edge_p) ? SSA_PROP_INTERESTING : SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6189
}
6190
 
6191
/* Searches the case label vector VEC for the index *IDX of the CASE_LABEL
6192
   that includes the value VAL.  The search is restricted to the range
6193
   [START_IDX, n - 1] where n is the size of VEC.
6194
 
6195
   If there is a CASE_LABEL for VAL, its index is placed in IDX and true is
6196
   returned.
6197
 
6198
   If there is no CASE_LABEL for VAL and there is one that is larger than VAL,
6199
   it is placed in IDX and false is returned.
6200
 
6201
   If VAL is larger than any CASE_LABEL, n is placed on IDX and false is
6202
   returned. */
6203
 
6204
static bool
6205
find_case_label_index (gimple stmt, size_t start_idx, tree val, size_t *idx)
6206
{
6207
  size_t n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);
6208
  size_t low, high;
6209
 
6210
  /* Find case label for minimum of the value range or the next one.
6211
     At each iteration we are searching in [low, high - 1]. */
6212
 
6213
  for (low = start_idx, high = n; high != low; )
6214
    {
6215
      tree t;
6216
      int cmp;
6217
      /* Note that i != high, so we never ask for n. */
6218
      size_t i = (high + low) / 2;
6219
      t = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);
6220
 
6221
      /* Cache the result of comparing CASE_LOW and val.  */
6222
      cmp = tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (t), val);
6223
 
6224
      if (cmp == 0)
6225
        {
6226
          /* Ranges cannot be empty. */
6227
          *idx = i;
6228
          return true;
6229
        }
6230
      else if (cmp > 0)
6231
        high = i;
6232
      else
6233
        {
6234
          low = i + 1;
6235
          if (CASE_HIGH (t) != NULL
6236
              && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (t), val) >= 0)
6237
            {
6238
              *idx = i;
6239
              return true;
6240
            }
6241
        }
6242
    }
6243
 
6244
  *idx = high;
6245
  return false;
6246
}
6247
 
6248
/* Searches the case label vector VEC for the range of CASE_LABELs that is used
6249
   for values between MIN and MAX. The first index is placed in MIN_IDX. The
6250
   last index is placed in MAX_IDX. If the range of CASE_LABELs is empty
6251
   then MAX_IDX < MIN_IDX.
6252
   Returns true if the default label is not needed. */
6253
 
6254
static bool
6255
find_case_label_range (gimple stmt, tree min, tree max, size_t *min_idx,
6256
                       size_t *max_idx)
6257
{
6258
  size_t i, j;
6259
  bool min_take_default = !find_case_label_index (stmt, 1, min, &i);
6260
  bool max_take_default = !find_case_label_index (stmt, i, max, &j);
6261
 
6262
  if (i == j
6263
      && min_take_default
6264
      && max_take_default)
6265
    {
6266
      /* Only the default case label reached.
6267
         Return an empty range. */
6268
      *min_idx = 1;
6269
      *max_idx = 0;
6270
      return false;
6271
    }
6272
  else
6273
    {
6274
      bool take_default = min_take_default || max_take_default;
6275
      tree low, high;
6276
      size_t k;
6277
 
6278
      if (max_take_default)
6279
        j--;
6280
 
6281
      /* If the case label range is continuous, we do not need
6282
         the default case label.  Verify that.  */
6283
      high = CASE_LOW (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i));
6284
      if (CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i)))
6285
        high = CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i));
6286
      for (k = i + 1; k <= j; ++k)
6287
        {
6288
          low = CASE_LOW (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k));
6289
          if (!integer_onep (int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, low, high)))
6290
            {
6291
              take_default = true;
6292
              break;
6293
            }
6294
          high = low;
6295
          if (CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k)))
6296
            high = CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k));
6297
        }
6298
 
6299
      *min_idx = i;
6300
      *max_idx = j;
6301
      return !take_default;
6302
    }
6303
}
6304
 
6305
/* Visit switch statement STMT.  If we can determine which edge
6306
   will be taken out of STMT's basic block, record it in
6307
   *TAKEN_EDGE_P and return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING.  Otherwise, return
6308
   SSA_PROP_VARYING.  */
6309
 
6310
static enum ssa_prop_result
6311
vrp_visit_switch_stmt (gimple stmt, edge *taken_edge_p)
6312
{
6313
  tree op, val;
6314
  value_range_t *vr;
6315
  size_t i = 0, j = 0;
6316
  bool take_default;
6317
 
6318
  *taken_edge_p = NULL;
6319
  op = gimple_switch_index (stmt);
6320
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
6321
    return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6322
 
6323
  vr = get_value_range (op);
6324
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6325
    {
6326
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting switch expression with operand ");
6327
      print_generic_expr (dump_file, op, 0);
6328
      fprintf (dump_file, " with known range ");
6329
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr);
6330
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
6331
    }
6332
 
6333
  if (vr->type != VR_RANGE
6334
      || symbolic_range_p (vr))
6335
    return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6336
 
6337
  /* Find the single edge that is taken from the switch expression.  */
6338
  take_default = !find_case_label_range (stmt, vr->min, vr->max, &i, &j);
6339
 
6340
  /* Check if the range spans no CASE_LABEL. If so, we only reach the default
6341
     label */
6342
  if (j < i)
6343
    {
6344
      gcc_assert (take_default);
6345
      val = gimple_switch_default_label (stmt);
6346
    }
6347
  else
6348
    {
6349
      /* Check if labels with index i to j and maybe the default label
6350
         are all reaching the same label.  */
6351
 
6352
      val = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);
6353
      if (take_default
6354
          && CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_default_label (stmt))
6355
          != CASE_LABEL (val))
6356
        {
6357
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6358
            fprintf (dump_file, "  not a single destination for this "
6359
                     "range\n");
6360
          return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6361
        }
6362
      for (++i; i <= j; ++i)
6363
        {
6364
          if (CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i)) != CASE_LABEL (val))
6365
            {
6366
              if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6367
                fprintf (dump_file, "  not a single destination for this "
6368
                         "range\n");
6369
              return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6370
            }
6371
        }
6372
    }
6373
 
6374
  *taken_edge_p = find_edge (gimple_bb (stmt),
6375
                             label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (val)));
6376
 
6377
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6378
    {
6379
      fprintf (dump_file, "  will take edge to ");
6380
      print_generic_stmt (dump_file, CASE_LABEL (val), 0);
6381
    }
6382
 
6383
  return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING;
6384
}
6385
 
6386
 
6387
/* Evaluate statement STMT.  If the statement produces a useful range,
6388
   return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING and record the SSA name with the
6389
   interesting range into *OUTPUT_P.
6390
 
6391
   If STMT is a conditional branch and we can determine its truth
6392
   value, the taken edge is recorded in *TAKEN_EDGE_P.
6393
 
6394
   If STMT produces a varying value, return SSA_PROP_VARYING.  */
6395
 
6396
static enum ssa_prop_result
6397
vrp_visit_stmt (gimple stmt, edge *taken_edge_p, tree *output_p)
6398
{
6399
  tree def;
6400
  ssa_op_iter iter;
6401
 
6402
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6403
    {
6404
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting statement:\n");
6405
      print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, dump_flags);
6406
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
6407
    }
6408
 
6409
  if (!stmt_interesting_for_vrp (stmt))
6410
    gcc_assert (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt));
6411
  else if (is_gimple_assign (stmt) || is_gimple_call (stmt))
6412
    {
6413
      /* In general, assignments with virtual operands are not useful
6414
         for deriving ranges, with the obvious exception of calls to
6415
         builtin functions.  */
6416
      if ((is_gimple_call (stmt)
6417
           && gimple_call_fndecl (stmt) != NULL_TREE
6418
           && DECL_BUILT_IN (gimple_call_fndecl (stmt)))
6419
          || !gimple_vuse (stmt))
6420
        return vrp_visit_assignment_or_call (stmt, output_p);
6421
    }
6422
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
6423
    return vrp_visit_cond_stmt (stmt, taken_edge_p);
6424
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
6425
    return vrp_visit_switch_stmt (stmt, taken_edge_p);
6426
 
6427
  /* All other statements produce nothing of interest for VRP, so mark
6428
     their outputs varying and prevent further simulation.  */
6429
  FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (def, stmt, iter, SSA_OP_DEF)
6430
    set_value_range_to_varying (get_value_range (def));
6431
 
6432
  return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6433
}
6434
 
6435
 
6436
/* Meet operation for value ranges.  Given two value ranges VR0 and
6437
   VR1, store in VR0 a range that contains both VR0 and VR1.  This
6438
   may not be the smallest possible such range.  */
6439
 
6440
static void
6441
vrp_meet (value_range_t *vr0, value_range_t *vr1)
6442
{
6443
  if (vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
6444
    {
6445
      copy_value_range (vr0, vr1);
6446
      return;
6447
    }
6448
 
6449
  if (vr1->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
6450
    {
6451
      /* Nothing to do.  VR0 already has the resulting range.  */
6452
      return;
6453
    }
6454
 
6455
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING)
6456
    {
6457
      /* Nothing to do.  VR0 already has the resulting range.  */
6458
      return;
6459
    }
6460
 
6461
  if (vr1->type == VR_VARYING)
6462
    {
6463
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr0);
6464
      return;
6465
    }
6466
 
6467
  if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE && vr1->type == VR_RANGE)
6468
    {
6469
      int cmp;
6470
      tree min, max;
6471
 
6472
      /* Compute the convex hull of the ranges.  The lower limit of
6473
         the new range is the minimum of the two ranges.  If they
6474
         cannot be compared, then give up.  */
6475
      cmp = compare_values (vr0->min, vr1->min);
6476
      if (cmp == 0 || cmp == 1)
6477
        min = vr1->min;
6478
      else if (cmp == -1)
6479
        min = vr0->min;
6480
      else
6481
        goto give_up;
6482
 
6483
      /* Similarly, the upper limit of the new range is the maximum
6484
         of the two ranges.  If they cannot be compared, then
6485
         give up.  */
6486
      cmp = compare_values (vr0->max, vr1->max);
6487
      if (cmp == 0 || cmp == -1)
6488
        max = vr1->max;
6489
      else if (cmp == 1)
6490
        max = vr0->max;
6491
      else
6492
        goto give_up;
6493
 
6494
      /* Check for useless ranges.  */
6495
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (min))
6496
          && ((vrp_val_is_min (min) || is_overflow_infinity (min))
6497
              && (vrp_val_is_max (max) || is_overflow_infinity (max))))
6498
        goto give_up;
6499
 
6500
      /* The resulting set of equivalences is the intersection of
6501
         the two sets.  */
6502
      if (vr0->equiv && vr1->equiv && vr0->equiv != vr1->equiv)
6503
        bitmap_and_into (vr0->equiv, vr1->equiv);
6504
      else if (vr0->equiv && !vr1->equiv)
6505
        bitmap_clear (vr0->equiv);
6506
 
6507
      set_value_range (vr0, vr0->type, min, max, vr0->equiv);
6508
    }
6509
  else if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE && vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
6510
    {
6511
      /* Two anti-ranges meet only if their complements intersect.
6512
         Only handle the case of identical ranges.  */
6513
      if (compare_values (vr0->min, vr1->min) == 0
6514
          && compare_values (vr0->max, vr1->max) == 0
6515
          && compare_values (vr0->min, vr0->max) == 0)
6516
        {
6517
          /* The resulting set of equivalences is the intersection of
6518
             the two sets.  */
6519
          if (vr0->equiv && vr1->equiv && vr0->equiv != vr1->equiv)
6520
            bitmap_and_into (vr0->equiv, vr1->equiv);
6521
          else if (vr0->equiv && !vr1->equiv)
6522
            bitmap_clear (vr0->equiv);
6523
        }
6524
      else
6525
        goto give_up;
6526
    }
6527
  else if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE || vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
6528
    {
6529
      /* For a numeric range [VAL1, VAL2] and an anti-range ~[VAL3, VAL4],
6530
         only handle the case where the ranges have an empty intersection.
6531
         The result of the meet operation is the anti-range.  */
6532
      if (!symbolic_range_p (vr0)
6533
          && !symbolic_range_p (vr1)
6534
          && !value_ranges_intersect_p (vr0, vr1))
6535
        {
6536
          /* Copy most of VR1 into VR0.  Don't copy VR1's equivalence
6537
             set.  We need to compute the intersection of the two
6538
             equivalence sets.  */
6539
          if (vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
6540
            set_value_range (vr0, vr1->type, vr1->min, vr1->max, vr0->equiv);
6541
 
6542
          /* The resulting set of equivalences is the intersection of
6543
             the two sets.  */
6544
          if (vr0->equiv && vr1->equiv && vr0->equiv != vr1->equiv)
6545
            bitmap_and_into (vr0->equiv, vr1->equiv);
6546
          else if (vr0->equiv && !vr1->equiv)
6547
            bitmap_clear (vr0->equiv);
6548
        }
6549
      else
6550
        goto give_up;
6551
    }
6552
  else
6553
    gcc_unreachable ();
6554
 
6555
  return;
6556
 
6557
give_up:
6558
  /* Failed to find an efficient meet.  Before giving up and setting
6559
     the result to VARYING, see if we can at least derive a useful
6560
     anti-range.  FIXME, all this nonsense about distinguishing
6561
     anti-ranges from ranges is necessary because of the odd
6562
     semantics of range_includes_zero_p and friends.  */
6563
  if (!symbolic_range_p (vr0)
6564
      && ((vr0->type == VR_RANGE && !range_includes_zero_p (vr0))
6565
          || (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE && range_includes_zero_p (vr0)))
6566
      && !symbolic_range_p (vr1)
6567
      && ((vr1->type == VR_RANGE && !range_includes_zero_p (vr1))
6568
          || (vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE && range_includes_zero_p (vr1))))
6569
    {
6570
      set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr0, TREE_TYPE (vr0->min));
6571
 
6572
      /* Since this meet operation did not result from the meeting of
6573
         two equivalent names, VR0 cannot have any equivalences.  */
6574
      if (vr0->equiv)
6575
        bitmap_clear (vr0->equiv);
6576
    }
6577
  else
6578
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr0);
6579
}
6580
 
6581
 
6582
/* Visit all arguments for PHI node PHI that flow through executable
6583
   edges.  If a valid value range can be derived from all the incoming
6584
   value ranges, set a new range for the LHS of PHI.  */
6585
 
6586
static enum ssa_prop_result
6587
vrp_visit_phi_node (gimple phi)
6588
{
6589
  size_t i;
6590
  tree lhs = PHI_RESULT (phi);
6591
  value_range_t *lhs_vr = get_value_range (lhs);
6592
  value_range_t vr_result = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
6593
  int edges, old_edges;
6594
  struct loop *l;
6595
 
6596
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6597
    {
6598
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting PHI node: ");
6599
      print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, phi, 0, dump_flags);
6600
    }
6601
 
6602
  edges = 0;
6603
  for (i = 0; i < gimple_phi_num_args (phi); i++)
6604
    {
6605
      edge e = gimple_phi_arg_edge (phi, i);
6606
 
6607
      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6608
        {
6609
          fprintf (dump_file,
6610
              "\n    Argument #%d (%d -> %d %sexecutable)\n",
6611
              (int) i, e->src->index, e->dest->index,
6612
              (e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE) ? "" : "not ");
6613
        }
6614
 
6615
      if (e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE)
6616
        {
6617
          tree arg = PHI_ARG_DEF (phi, i);
6618
          value_range_t vr_arg;
6619
 
6620
          ++edges;
6621
 
6622
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
6623
            {
6624
              vr_arg = *(get_value_range (arg));
6625
            }
6626
          else
6627
            {
6628
              if (is_overflow_infinity (arg))
6629
                {
6630
                  arg = copy_node (arg);
6631
                  TREE_OVERFLOW (arg) = 0;
6632
                }
6633
 
6634
              vr_arg.type = VR_RANGE;
6635
              vr_arg.min = arg;
6636
              vr_arg.max = arg;
6637
              vr_arg.equiv = NULL;
6638
            }
6639
 
6640
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6641
            {
6642
              fprintf (dump_file, "\t");
6643
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, arg, dump_flags);
6644
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n\tValue: ");
6645
              dump_value_range (dump_file, &vr_arg);
6646
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
6647
            }
6648
 
6649
          vrp_meet (&vr_result, &vr_arg);
6650
 
6651
          if (vr_result.type == VR_VARYING)
6652
            break;
6653
        }
6654
    }
6655
 
6656
  if (vr_result.type == VR_VARYING)
6657
    goto varying;
6658
  else if (vr_result.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
6659
    goto update_range;
6660
 
6661
  old_edges = vr_phi_edge_counts[SSA_NAME_VERSION (lhs)];
6662
  vr_phi_edge_counts[SSA_NAME_VERSION (lhs)] = edges;
6663
 
6664
  /* To prevent infinite iterations in the algorithm, derive ranges
6665
     when the new value is slightly bigger or smaller than the
6666
     previous one.  We don't do this if we have seen a new executable
6667
     edge; this helps us avoid an overflow infinity for conditionals
6668
     which are not in a loop.  */
6669
  if (edges > 0
6670
      && gimple_phi_num_args (phi) > 1
6671
      && edges == old_edges)
6672
    {
6673
      int cmp_min = compare_values (lhs_vr->min, vr_result.min);
6674
      int cmp_max = compare_values (lhs_vr->max, vr_result.max);
6675
 
6676
      /* For non VR_RANGE or for pointers fall back to varying if
6677
         the range changed.  */
6678
      if ((lhs_vr->type != VR_RANGE || vr_result.type != VR_RANGE
6679
           || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
6680
          && (cmp_min != 0 || cmp_max != 0))
6681
        goto varying;
6682
 
6683
      /* If the new minimum is smaller or larger than the previous
6684
         one, go all the way to -INF.  In the first case, to avoid
6685
         iterating millions of times to reach -INF, and in the
6686
         other case to avoid infinite bouncing between different
6687
         minimums.  */
6688
      if (cmp_min > 0 || cmp_min < 0)
6689
        {
6690
          if (!needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.min))
6691
              || !vrp_var_may_overflow (lhs, phi))
6692
            vr_result.min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.min));
6693
          else if (supports_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.min)))
6694
            vr_result.min =
6695
                negative_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.min));
6696
        }
6697
 
6698
      /* Similarly, if the new maximum is smaller or larger than
6699
         the previous one, go all the way to +INF.  */
6700
      if (cmp_max < 0 || cmp_max > 0)
6701
        {
6702
          if (!needs_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.max))
6703
              || !vrp_var_may_overflow (lhs, phi))
6704
            vr_result.max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.max));
6705
          else if (supports_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.max)))
6706
            vr_result.max =
6707
                positive_overflow_infinity (TREE_TYPE (vr_result.max));
6708
        }
6709
 
6710
      /* If we dropped either bound to +-INF then if this is a loop
6711
         PHI node SCEV may known more about its value-range.  */
6712
      if ((cmp_min > 0 || cmp_min < 0
6713
           || cmp_max < 0 || cmp_max > 0)
6714
          && current_loops
6715
          && (l = loop_containing_stmt (phi))
6716
          && l->header == gimple_bb (phi))
6717
        adjust_range_with_scev (&vr_result, l, phi, lhs);
6718
 
6719
      /* If we will end up with a (-INF, +INF) range, set it to
6720
         VARYING.  Same if the previous max value was invalid for
6721
         the type and we end up with vr_result.min > vr_result.max.  */
6722
      if ((vrp_val_is_max (vr_result.max)
6723
           && vrp_val_is_min (vr_result.min))
6724
          || compare_values (vr_result.min,
6725
                             vr_result.max) > 0)
6726
        goto varying;
6727
    }
6728
 
6729
  /* If the new range is different than the previous value, keep
6730
     iterating.  */
6731
update_range:
6732
  if (update_value_range (lhs, &vr_result))
6733
    {
6734
      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
6735
        {
6736
          fprintf (dump_file, "Found new range for ");
6737
          print_generic_expr (dump_file, lhs, 0);
6738
          fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
6739
          dump_value_range (dump_file, &vr_result);
6740
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n\n");
6741
        }
6742
 
6743
      return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING;
6744
    }
6745
 
6746
  /* Nothing changed, don't add outgoing edges.  */
6747
  return SSA_PROP_NOT_INTERESTING;
6748
 
6749
  /* No match found.  Set the LHS to VARYING.  */
6750
varying:
6751
  set_value_range_to_varying (lhs_vr);
6752
  return SSA_PROP_VARYING;
6753
}
6754
 
6755
/* Simplify boolean operations if the source is known
6756
   to be already a boolean.  */
6757
static bool
6758
simplify_truth_ops_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple stmt)
6759
{
6760
  enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
6761
  tree lhs, op0, op1;
6762
  bool need_conversion;
6763
 
6764
  /* We handle only !=/== case here.  */
6765
  gcc_assert (rhs_code == EQ_EXPR || rhs_code == NE_EXPR);
6766
 
6767
  op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
6768
  if (!op_with_boolean_value_range_p (op0))
6769
    return false;
6770
 
6771
  op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
6772
  if (!op_with_boolean_value_range_p (op1))
6773
    return false;
6774
 
6775
  /* Reduce number of cases to handle to NE_EXPR.  As there is no
6776
     BIT_XNOR_EXPR we cannot replace A == B with a single statement.  */
6777
  if (rhs_code == EQ_EXPR)
6778
    {
6779
      if (TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST)
6780
        op1 = int_const_binop (BIT_XOR_EXPR, op1, integer_one_node);
6781
      else
6782
        return false;
6783
    }
6784
 
6785
  lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
6786
  need_conversion
6787
    = !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (lhs), TREE_TYPE (op0));
6788
 
6789
  /* Make sure to not sign-extend a 1-bit 1 when converting the result.  */
6790
  if (need_conversion
6791
      && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op0))
6792
      && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)) == 1
6793
      && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (lhs)) > 1)
6794
    return false;
6795
 
6796
  /* For A != 0 we can substitute A itself.  */
6797
  if (integer_zerop (op1))
6798
    gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi,
6799
                                    need_conversion
6800
                                    ? NOP_EXPR : TREE_CODE (op0),
6801
                                    op0, NULL_TREE);
6802
  /* For A != B we substitute A ^ B.  Either with conversion.  */
6803
  else if (need_conversion)
6804
    {
6805
      gimple newop;
6806
      tree tem = create_tmp_reg (TREE_TYPE (op0), NULL);
6807
      newop = gimple_build_assign_with_ops (BIT_XOR_EXPR, tem, op0, op1);
6808
      tem = make_ssa_name (tem, newop);
6809
      gimple_assign_set_lhs (newop, tem);
6810
      gsi_insert_before (gsi, newop, GSI_SAME_STMT);
6811
      update_stmt (newop);
6812
      gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi, NOP_EXPR, tem, NULL_TREE);
6813
    }
6814
  /* Or without.  */
6815
  else
6816
    gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi, BIT_XOR_EXPR, op0, op1);
6817
  update_stmt (gsi_stmt (*gsi));
6818
 
6819
  return true;
6820
}
6821
 
6822
/* Simplify a division or modulo operator to a right shift or
6823
   bitwise and if the first operand is unsigned or is greater
6824
   than zero and the second operand is an exact power of two.  */
6825
 
6826
static bool
6827
simplify_div_or_mod_using_ranges (gimple stmt)
6828
{
6829
  enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
6830
  tree val = NULL;
6831
  tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
6832
  tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
6833
  value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
6834
 
6835
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
6836
    {
6837
      val = integer_one_node;
6838
    }
6839
  else
6840
    {
6841
      bool sop = false;
6842
 
6843
      val = compare_range_with_value (GE_EXPR, vr, integer_zero_node, &sop);
6844
 
6845
      if (val
6846
          && sop
6847
          && integer_onep (val)
6848
          && issue_strict_overflow_warning (WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_MISC))
6849
        {
6850
          location_t location;
6851
 
6852
          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
6853
            location = input_location;
6854
          else
6855
            location = gimple_location (stmt);
6856
          warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
6857
                      "assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
6858
                      "simplifying %</%> or %<%%%> to %<>>%> or %<&%>");
6859
        }
6860
    }
6861
 
6862
  if (val && integer_onep (val))
6863
    {
6864
      tree t;
6865
 
6866
      if (rhs_code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR)
6867
        {
6868
          t = build_int_cst (integer_type_node, tree_log2 (op1));
6869
          gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, RSHIFT_EXPR);
6870
          gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, op0);
6871
          gimple_assign_set_rhs2 (stmt, t);
6872
        }
6873
      else
6874
        {
6875
          t = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op1), 1);
6876
          t = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, op1, t);
6877
          t = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op0), t);
6878
 
6879
          gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, BIT_AND_EXPR);
6880
          gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, op0);
6881
          gimple_assign_set_rhs2 (stmt, t);
6882
        }
6883
 
6884
      update_stmt (stmt);
6885
      return true;
6886
    }
6887
 
6888
  return false;
6889
}
6890
 
6891
/* If the operand to an ABS_EXPR is >= 0, then eliminate the
6892
   ABS_EXPR.  If the operand is <= 0, then simplify the
6893
   ABS_EXPR into a NEGATE_EXPR.  */
6894
 
6895
static bool
6896
simplify_abs_using_ranges (gimple stmt)
6897
{
6898
  tree val = NULL;
6899
  tree op = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
6900
  tree type = TREE_TYPE (op);
6901
  value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (op);
6902
 
6903
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
6904
    {
6905
      val = integer_zero_node;
6906
    }
6907
  else if (vr)
6908
    {
6909
      bool sop = false;
6910
 
6911
      val = compare_range_with_value (LE_EXPR, vr, integer_zero_node, &sop);
6912
      if (!val)
6913
        {
6914
          sop = false;
6915
          val = compare_range_with_value (GE_EXPR, vr, integer_zero_node,
6916
                                          &sop);
6917
 
6918
          if (val)
6919
            {
6920
              if (integer_zerop (val))
6921
                val = integer_one_node;
6922
              else if (integer_onep (val))
6923
                val = integer_zero_node;
6924
            }
6925
        }
6926
 
6927
      if (val
6928
          && (integer_onep (val) || integer_zerop (val)))
6929
        {
6930
          if (sop && issue_strict_overflow_warning (WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_MISC))
6931
            {
6932
              location_t location;
6933
 
6934
              if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
6935
                location = input_location;
6936
              else
6937
                location = gimple_location (stmt);
6938
              warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
6939
                          "assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
6940
                          "simplifying %<abs (X)%> to %<X%> or %<-X%>");
6941
            }
6942
 
6943
          gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, op);
6944
          if (integer_onep (val))
6945
            gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, NEGATE_EXPR);
6946
          else
6947
            gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, SSA_NAME);
6948
          update_stmt (stmt);
6949
          return true;
6950
        }
6951
    }
6952
 
6953
  return false;
6954
}
6955
 
6956
/* Optimize away redundant BIT_AND_EXPR and BIT_IOR_EXPR.
6957
   If all the bits that are being cleared by & are already
6958
   known to be zero from VR, or all the bits that are being
6959
   set by | are already known to be one from VR, the bit
6960
   operation is redundant.  */
6961
 
6962
static bool
6963
simplify_bit_ops_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple stmt)
6964
{
6965
  tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
6966
  tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
6967
  tree op = NULL_TREE;
6968
  value_range_t vr0 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
6969
  value_range_t vr1 = { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
6970
  double_int may_be_nonzero0, may_be_nonzero1;
6971
  double_int must_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1;
6972
  double_int mask;
6973
 
6974
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
6975
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
6976
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
6977
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
6978
  else
6979
    return false;
6980
 
6981
  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
6982
    vr1 = *(get_value_range (op1));
6983
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
6984
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
6985
  else
6986
    return false;
6987
 
6988
  if (!zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (&vr0, &may_be_nonzero0, &must_be_nonzero0))
6989
    return false;
6990
  if (!zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (&vr1, &may_be_nonzero1, &must_be_nonzero1))
6991
    return false;
6992
 
6993
  switch (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt))
6994
    {
6995
    case BIT_AND_EXPR:
6996
      mask = double_int_and_not (may_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1);
6997
      if (double_int_zero_p (mask))
6998
        {
6999
          op = op0;
7000
          break;
7001
        }
7002
      mask = double_int_and_not (may_be_nonzero1, must_be_nonzero0);
7003
      if (double_int_zero_p (mask))
7004
        {
7005
          op = op1;
7006
          break;
7007
        }
7008
      break;
7009
    case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
7010
      mask = double_int_and_not (may_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1);
7011
      if (double_int_zero_p (mask))
7012
        {
7013
          op = op1;
7014
          break;
7015
        }
7016
      mask = double_int_and_not (may_be_nonzero1, must_be_nonzero0);
7017
      if (double_int_zero_p (mask))
7018
        {
7019
          op = op0;
7020
          break;
7021
        }
7022
      break;
7023
    default:
7024
      gcc_unreachable ();
7025
    }
7026
 
7027
  if (op == NULL_TREE)
7028
    return false;
7029
 
7030
  gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi, TREE_CODE (op), op, NULL);
7031
  update_stmt (gsi_stmt (*gsi));
7032
  return true;
7033
}
7034
 
7035
/* We are comparing trees OP0 and OP1 using COND_CODE.  OP0 has
7036
   a known value range VR.
7037
 
7038
   If there is one and only one value which will satisfy the
7039
   conditional, then return that value.  Else return NULL.  */
7040
 
7041
static tree
7042
test_for_singularity (enum tree_code cond_code, tree op0,
7043
                      tree op1, value_range_t *vr)
7044
{
7045
  tree min = NULL;
7046
  tree max = NULL;
7047
 
7048
  /* Extract minimum/maximum values which satisfy the
7049
     the conditional as it was written.  */
7050
  if (cond_code == LE_EXPR || cond_code == LT_EXPR)
7051
    {
7052
      /* This should not be negative infinity; there is no overflow
7053
         here.  */
7054
      min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (op0));
7055
 
7056
      max = op1;
7057
      if (cond_code == LT_EXPR && !is_overflow_infinity (max))
7058
        {
7059
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op0), 1);
7060
          max = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (op0), max, one);
7061
          if (EXPR_P (max))
7062
            TREE_NO_WARNING (max) = 1;
7063
        }
7064
    }
7065
  else if (cond_code == GE_EXPR || cond_code == GT_EXPR)
7066
    {
7067
      /* This should not be positive infinity; there is no overflow
7068
         here.  */
7069
      max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (op0));
7070
 
7071
      min = op1;
7072
      if (cond_code == GT_EXPR && !is_overflow_infinity (min))
7073
        {
7074
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op0), 1);
7075
          min = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (op0), min, one);
7076
          if (EXPR_P (min))
7077
            TREE_NO_WARNING (min) = 1;
7078
        }
7079
    }
7080
 
7081
  /* Now refine the minimum and maximum values using any
7082
     value range information we have for op0.  */
7083
  if (min && max)
7084
    {
7085
      if (compare_values (vr->min, min) == 1)
7086
        min = vr->min;
7087
      if (compare_values (vr->max, max) == -1)
7088
        max = vr->max;
7089
 
7090
      /* If the new min/max values have converged to a single value,
7091
         then there is only one value which can satisfy the condition,
7092
         return that value.  */
7093
      if (operand_equal_p (min, max, 0) && is_gimple_min_invariant (min))
7094
        return min;
7095
    }
7096
  return NULL;
7097
}
7098
 
7099
/* Simplify a conditional using a relational operator to an equality
7100
   test if the range information indicates only one value can satisfy
7101
   the original conditional.  */
7102
 
7103
static bool
7104
simplify_cond_using_ranges (gimple stmt)
7105
{
7106
  tree op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt);
7107
  tree op1 = gimple_cond_rhs (stmt);
7108
  enum tree_code cond_code = gimple_cond_code (stmt);
7109
 
7110
  if (cond_code != NE_EXPR
7111
      && cond_code != EQ_EXPR
7112
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
7113
      && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0))
7114
      && is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
7115
    {
7116
      value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (op0);
7117
 
7118
      /* If we have range information for OP0, then we might be
7119
         able to simplify this conditional. */
7120
      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
7121
        {
7122
          tree new_tree = test_for_singularity (cond_code, op0, op1, vr);
7123
 
7124
          if (new_tree)
7125
            {
7126
              if (dump_file)
7127
                {
7128
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Simplified relational ");
7129
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, 0);
7130
                  fprintf (dump_file, " into ");
7131
                }
7132
 
7133
              gimple_cond_set_code (stmt, EQ_EXPR);
7134
              gimple_cond_set_lhs (stmt, op0);
7135
              gimple_cond_set_rhs (stmt, new_tree);
7136
 
7137
              update_stmt (stmt);
7138
 
7139
              if (dump_file)
7140
                {
7141
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, 0);
7142
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7143
                }
7144
 
7145
              return true;
7146
            }
7147
 
7148
          /* Try again after inverting the condition.  We only deal
7149
             with integral types here, so no need to worry about
7150
             issues with inverting FP comparisons.  */
7151
          cond_code = invert_tree_comparison (cond_code, false);
7152
          new_tree = test_for_singularity (cond_code, op0, op1, vr);
7153
 
7154
          if (new_tree)
7155
            {
7156
              if (dump_file)
7157
                {
7158
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Simplified relational ");
7159
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, 0);
7160
                  fprintf (dump_file, " into ");
7161
                }
7162
 
7163
              gimple_cond_set_code (stmt, NE_EXPR);
7164
              gimple_cond_set_lhs (stmt, op0);
7165
              gimple_cond_set_rhs (stmt, new_tree);
7166
 
7167
              update_stmt (stmt);
7168
 
7169
              if (dump_file)
7170
                {
7171
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, 0);
7172
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7173
                }
7174
 
7175
              return true;
7176
            }
7177
        }
7178
    }
7179
 
7180
  return false;
7181
}
7182
 
7183
/* Simplify a switch statement using the value range of the switch
7184
   argument.  */
7185
 
7186
static bool
7187
simplify_switch_using_ranges (gimple stmt)
7188
{
7189
  tree op = gimple_switch_index (stmt);
7190
  value_range_t *vr;
7191
  bool take_default;
7192
  edge e;
7193
  edge_iterator ei;
7194
  size_t i = 0, j = 0, n, n2;
7195
  tree vec2;
7196
  switch_update su;
7197
 
7198
  if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME)
7199
    {
7200
      vr = get_value_range (op);
7201
 
7202
      /* We can only handle integer ranges.  */
7203
      if (vr->type != VR_RANGE
7204
          || symbolic_range_p (vr))
7205
        return false;
7206
 
7207
      /* Find case label for min/max of the value range.  */
7208
      take_default = !find_case_label_range (stmt, vr->min, vr->max, &i, &j);
7209
    }
7210
  else if (TREE_CODE (op) == INTEGER_CST)
7211
    {
7212
      take_default = !find_case_label_index (stmt, 1, op, &i);
7213
      if (take_default)
7214
        {
7215
          i = 1;
7216
          j = 0;
7217
        }
7218
      else
7219
        {
7220
          j = i;
7221
        }
7222
    }
7223
  else
7224
    return false;
7225
 
7226
  n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);
7227
 
7228
  /* Bail out if this is just all edges taken.  */
7229
  if (i == 1
7230
      && j == n - 1
7231
      && take_default)
7232
    return false;
7233
 
7234
  /* Build a new vector of taken case labels.  */
7235
  vec2 = make_tree_vec (j - i + 1 + (int)take_default);
7236
  n2 = 0;
7237
 
7238
  /* Add the default edge, if necessary.  */
7239
  if (take_default)
7240
    TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, n2++) = gimple_switch_default_label (stmt);
7241
 
7242
  for (; i <= j; ++i, ++n2)
7243
    TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, n2) = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);
7244
 
7245
  /* Mark needed edges.  */
7246
  for (i = 0; i < n2; ++i)
7247
    {
7248
      e = find_edge (gimple_bb (stmt),
7249
                     label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, i))));
7250
      e->aux = (void *)-1;
7251
    }
7252
 
7253
  /* Queue not needed edges for later removal.  */
7254
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, gimple_bb (stmt)->succs)
7255
    {
7256
      if (e->aux == (void *)-1)
7257
        {
7258
          e->aux = NULL;
7259
          continue;
7260
        }
7261
 
7262
      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
7263
        {
7264
          fprintf (dump_file, "removing unreachable case label\n");
7265
        }
7266
      VEC_safe_push (edge, heap, to_remove_edges, e);
7267
      e->flags &= ~EDGE_EXECUTABLE;
7268
    }
7269
 
7270
  /* And queue an update for the stmt.  */
7271
  su.stmt = stmt;
7272
  su.vec = vec2;
7273
  VEC_safe_push (switch_update, heap, to_update_switch_stmts, &su);
7274
  return false;
7275
}
7276
 
7277
/* Simplify an integral conversion from an SSA name in STMT.  */
7278
 
7279
static bool
7280
simplify_conversion_using_ranges (gimple stmt)
7281
{
7282
  tree innerop, middleop, finaltype;
7283
  gimple def_stmt;
7284
  value_range_t *innervr;
7285
  bool inner_unsigned_p, middle_unsigned_p, final_unsigned_p;
7286
  unsigned inner_prec, middle_prec, final_prec;
7287
  double_int innermin, innermed, innermax, middlemin, middlemed, middlemax;
7288
 
7289
  finaltype = TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt));
7290
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (finaltype))
7291
    return false;
7292
  middleop = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
7293
  def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (middleop);
7294
  if (!is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
7295
      || !CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt)))
7296
    return false;
7297
  innerop = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
7298
  if (TREE_CODE (innerop) != SSA_NAME)
7299
    return false;
7300
 
7301
  /* Get the value-range of the inner operand.  */
7302
  innervr = get_value_range (innerop);
7303
  if (innervr->type != VR_RANGE
7304
      || TREE_CODE (innervr->min) != INTEGER_CST
7305
      || TREE_CODE (innervr->max) != INTEGER_CST)
7306
    return false;
7307
 
7308
  /* Simulate the conversion chain to check if the result is equal if
7309
     the middle conversion is removed.  */
7310
  innermin = tree_to_double_int (innervr->min);
7311
  innermax = tree_to_double_int (innervr->max);
7312
 
7313
  inner_prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (innerop));
7314
  middle_prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (middleop));
7315
  final_prec = TYPE_PRECISION (finaltype);
7316
 
7317
  /* If the first conversion is not injective, the second must not
7318
     be widening.  */
7319
  if (double_int_cmp (double_int_sub (innermax, innermin),
7320
                      double_int_mask (middle_prec), true) > 0
7321
      && middle_prec < final_prec)
7322
    return false;
7323
  /* We also want a medium value so that we can track the effect that
7324
     narrowing conversions with sign change have.  */
7325
  inner_unsigned_p = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (innerop));
7326
  if (inner_unsigned_p)
7327
    innermed = double_int_rshift (double_int_mask (inner_prec),
7328
                                  1, inner_prec, false);
7329
  else
7330
    innermed = double_int_zero;
7331
  if (double_int_cmp (innermin, innermed, inner_unsigned_p) >= 0
7332
      || double_int_cmp (innermed, innermax, inner_unsigned_p) >= 0)
7333
    innermed = innermin;
7334
 
7335
  middle_unsigned_p = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (middleop));
7336
  middlemin = double_int_ext (innermin, middle_prec, middle_unsigned_p);
7337
  middlemed = double_int_ext (innermed, middle_prec, middle_unsigned_p);
7338
  middlemax = double_int_ext (innermax, middle_prec, middle_unsigned_p);
7339
 
7340
  /* Require that the final conversion applied to both the original
7341
     and the intermediate range produces the same result.  */
7342
  final_unsigned_p = TYPE_UNSIGNED (finaltype);
7343
  if (!double_int_equal_p (double_int_ext (middlemin,
7344
                                           final_prec, final_unsigned_p),
7345
                           double_int_ext (innermin,
7346
                                           final_prec, final_unsigned_p))
7347
      || !double_int_equal_p (double_int_ext (middlemed,
7348
                                              final_prec, final_unsigned_p),
7349
                              double_int_ext (innermed,
7350
                                              final_prec, final_unsigned_p))
7351
      || !double_int_equal_p (double_int_ext (middlemax,
7352
                                              final_prec, final_unsigned_p),
7353
                              double_int_ext (innermax,
7354
                                              final_prec, final_unsigned_p)))
7355
    return false;
7356
 
7357
  gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, innerop);
7358
  update_stmt (stmt);
7359
  return true;
7360
}
7361
 
7362
/* Return whether the value range *VR fits in an integer type specified
7363
   by PRECISION and UNSIGNED_P.  */
7364
 
7365
static bool
7366
range_fits_type_p (value_range_t *vr, unsigned precision, bool unsigned_p)
7367
{
7368
  tree src_type;
7369
  unsigned src_precision;
7370
  double_int tem;
7371
 
7372
  /* We can only handle integral and pointer types.  */
7373
  src_type = TREE_TYPE (vr->min);
7374
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
7375
      && !POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
7376
    return false;
7377
 
7378
  /* An extension is always fine, so is an identity transform.  */
7379
  src_precision = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (vr->min));
7380
  if (src_precision < precision
7381
      || (src_precision == precision
7382
          && TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type) == unsigned_p))
7383
    return true;
7384
 
7385
  /* Now we can only handle ranges with constant bounds.  */
7386
  if (vr->type != VR_RANGE
7387
      || TREE_CODE (vr->min) != INTEGER_CST
7388
      || TREE_CODE (vr->max) != INTEGER_CST)
7389
    return false;
7390
 
7391
  /* For precision-preserving sign-changes the MSB of the double-int
7392
     has to be clear.  */
7393
  if (src_precision == precision
7394
      && (TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (vr->min) | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (vr->max)) < 0)
7395
    return false;
7396
 
7397
  /* Then we can perform the conversion on both ends and compare
7398
     the result for equality.  */
7399
  tem = double_int_ext (tree_to_double_int (vr->min), precision, unsigned_p);
7400
  if (!double_int_equal_p (tree_to_double_int (vr->min), tem))
7401
    return false;
7402
  tem = double_int_ext (tree_to_double_int (vr->max), precision, unsigned_p);
7403
  if (!double_int_equal_p (tree_to_double_int (vr->max), tem))
7404
    return false;
7405
 
7406
  return true;
7407
}
7408
 
7409
/* Simplify a conversion from integral SSA name to float in STMT.  */
7410
 
7411
static bool
7412
simplify_float_conversion_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple stmt)
7413
{
7414
  tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
7415
  value_range_t *vr = get_value_range (rhs1);
7416
  enum machine_mode fltmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt)));
7417
  enum machine_mode mode;
7418
  tree tem;
7419
  gimple conv;
7420
 
7421
  /* We can only handle constant ranges.  */
7422
  if (vr->type != VR_RANGE
7423
      || TREE_CODE (vr->min) != INTEGER_CST
7424
      || TREE_CODE (vr->max) != INTEGER_CST)
7425
    return false;
7426
 
7427
  /* First check if we can use a signed type in place of an unsigned.  */
7428
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))
7429
      && (can_float_p (fltmode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)), 0)
7430
          != CODE_FOR_nothing)
7431
      && range_fits_type_p (vr, GET_MODE_PRECISION
7432
                                  (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))), 0))
7433
    mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1));
7434
  /* If we can do the conversion in the current input mode do nothing.  */
7435
  else if (can_float_p (fltmode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)),
7436
                        TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))))
7437
    return false;
7438
  /* Otherwise search for a mode we can use, starting from the narrowest
7439
     integer mode available.  */
7440
  else
7441
    {
7442
      mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
7443
      do
7444
        {
7445
          /* If we cannot do a signed conversion to float from mode
7446
             or if the value-range does not fit in the signed type
7447
             try with a wider mode.  */
7448
          if (can_float_p (fltmode, mode, 0) != CODE_FOR_nothing
7449
              && range_fits_type_p (vr, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode), 0))
7450
            break;
7451
 
7452
          mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
7453
          /* But do not widen the input.  Instead leave that to the
7454
             optabs expansion code.  */
7455
          if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
7456
            return false;
7457
        }
7458
      while (mode != VOIDmode);
7459
      if (mode == VOIDmode)
7460
        return false;
7461
    }
7462
 
7463
  /* It works, insert a truncation or sign-change before the
7464
     float conversion.  */
7465
  tem = create_tmp_var (build_nonstandard_integer_type
7466
                          (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode), 0), NULL);
7467
  conv = gimple_build_assign_with_ops (NOP_EXPR, tem, rhs1, NULL_TREE);
7468
  tem = make_ssa_name (tem, conv);
7469
  gimple_assign_set_lhs (conv, tem);
7470
  gsi_insert_before (gsi, conv, GSI_SAME_STMT);
7471
  gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, tem);
7472
  update_stmt (stmt);
7473
 
7474
  return true;
7475
}
7476
 
7477
/* Simplify STMT using ranges if possible.  */
7478
 
7479
static bool
7480
simplify_stmt_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi)
7481
{
7482
  gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (*gsi);
7483
  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt))
7484
    {
7485
      enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
7486
      tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
7487
 
7488
      switch (rhs_code)
7489
        {
7490
        case EQ_EXPR:
7491
        case NE_EXPR:
7492
          /* Transform EQ_EXPR, NE_EXPR into BIT_XOR_EXPR or identity
7493
             if the RHS is zero or one, and the LHS are known to be boolean
7494
             values.  */
7495
          if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
7496
            return simplify_truth_ops_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
7497
          break;
7498
 
7499
      /* Transform TRUNC_DIV_EXPR and TRUNC_MOD_EXPR into RSHIFT_EXPR
7500
         and BIT_AND_EXPR respectively if the first operand is greater
7501
         than zero and the second operand is an exact power of two.  */
7502
        case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
7503
        case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
7504
          if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))
7505
              && integer_pow2p (gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt)))
7506
            return simplify_div_or_mod_using_ranges (stmt);
7507
          break;
7508
 
7509
      /* Transform ABS (X) into X or -X as appropriate.  */
7510
        case ABS_EXPR:
7511
          if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
7512
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
7513
            return simplify_abs_using_ranges (stmt);
7514
          break;
7515
 
7516
        case BIT_AND_EXPR:
7517
        case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
7518
          /* Optimize away BIT_AND_EXPR and BIT_IOR_EXPR
7519
             if all the bits being cleared are already cleared or
7520
             all the bits being set are already set.  */
7521
          if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
7522
            return simplify_bit_ops_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
7523
          break;
7524
 
7525
        CASE_CONVERT:
7526
          if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
7527
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
7528
            return simplify_conversion_using_ranges (stmt);
7529
          break;
7530
 
7531
        case FLOAT_EXPR:
7532
          if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
7533
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
7534
            return simplify_float_conversion_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
7535
          break;
7536
 
7537
        default:
7538
          break;
7539
        }
7540
    }
7541
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
7542
    return simplify_cond_using_ranges (stmt);
7543
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
7544
    return simplify_switch_using_ranges (stmt);
7545
 
7546
  return false;
7547
}
7548
 
7549
/* If the statement pointed by SI has a predicate whose value can be
7550
   computed using the value range information computed by VRP, compute
7551
   its value and return true.  Otherwise, return false.  */
7552
 
7553
static bool
7554
fold_predicate_in (gimple_stmt_iterator *si)
7555
{
7556
  bool assignment_p = false;
7557
  tree val;
7558
  gimple stmt = gsi_stmt (*si);
7559
 
7560
  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
7561
      && TREE_CODE_CLASS (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt)) == tcc_comparison)
7562
    {
7563
      assignment_p = true;
7564
      val = vrp_evaluate_conditional (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
7565
                                      gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
7566
                                      gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt),
7567
                                      stmt);
7568
    }
7569
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
7570
    val = vrp_evaluate_conditional (gimple_cond_code (stmt),
7571
                                    gimple_cond_lhs (stmt),
7572
                                    gimple_cond_rhs (stmt),
7573
                                    stmt);
7574
  else
7575
    return false;
7576
 
7577
  if (val)
7578
    {
7579
      if (assignment_p)
7580
        val = fold_convert (gimple_expr_type (stmt), val);
7581
 
7582
      if (dump_file)
7583
        {
7584
          fprintf (dump_file, "Folding predicate ");
7585
          print_gimple_expr (dump_file, stmt, 0, 0);
7586
          fprintf (dump_file, " to ");
7587
          print_generic_expr (dump_file, val, 0);
7588
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7589
        }
7590
 
7591
      if (is_gimple_assign (stmt))
7592
        gimple_assign_set_rhs_from_tree (si, val);
7593
      else
7594
        {
7595
          gcc_assert (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND);
7596
          if (integer_zerop (val))
7597
            gimple_cond_make_false (stmt);
7598
          else if (integer_onep (val))
7599
            gimple_cond_make_true (stmt);
7600
          else
7601
            gcc_unreachable ();
7602
        }
7603
 
7604
      return true;
7605
    }
7606
 
7607
  return false;
7608
}
7609
 
7610
/* Callback for substitute_and_fold folding the stmt at *SI.  */
7611
 
7612
static bool
7613
vrp_fold_stmt (gimple_stmt_iterator *si)
7614
{
7615
  if (fold_predicate_in (si))
7616
    return true;
7617
 
7618
  return simplify_stmt_using_ranges (si);
7619
}
7620
 
7621
/* Stack of dest,src equivalency pairs that need to be restored after
7622
   each attempt to thread a block's incoming edge to an outgoing edge.
7623
 
7624
   A NULL entry is used to mark the end of pairs which need to be
7625
   restored.  */
7626
static VEC(tree,heap) *stack;
7627
 
7628
/* A trivial wrapper so that we can present the generic jump threading
7629
   code with a simple API for simplifying statements.  STMT is the
7630
   statement we want to simplify, WITHIN_STMT provides the location
7631
   for any overflow warnings.  */
7632
 
7633
static tree
7634
simplify_stmt_for_jump_threading (gimple stmt, gimple within_stmt)
7635
{
7636
  /* We only use VRP information to simplify conditionals.  This is
7637
     overly conservative, but it's unclear if doing more would be
7638
     worth the compile time cost.  */
7639
  if (gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_COND)
7640
    return NULL;
7641
 
7642
  return vrp_evaluate_conditional (gimple_cond_code (stmt),
7643
                                   gimple_cond_lhs (stmt),
7644
                                   gimple_cond_rhs (stmt), within_stmt);
7645
}
7646
 
7647
/* Blocks which have more than one predecessor and more than
7648
   one successor present jump threading opportunities, i.e.,
7649
   when the block is reached from a specific predecessor, we
7650
   may be able to determine which of the outgoing edges will
7651
   be traversed.  When this optimization applies, we are able
7652
   to avoid conditionals at runtime and we may expose secondary
7653
   optimization opportunities.
7654
 
7655
   This routine is effectively a driver for the generic jump
7656
   threading code.  It basically just presents the generic code
7657
   with edges that may be suitable for jump threading.
7658
 
7659
   Unlike DOM, we do not iterate VRP if jump threading was successful.
7660
   While iterating may expose new opportunities for VRP, it is expected
7661
   those opportunities would be very limited and the compile time cost
7662
   to expose those opportunities would be significant.
7663
 
7664
   As jump threading opportunities are discovered, they are registered
7665
   for later realization.  */
7666
 
7667
static void
7668
identify_jump_threads (void)
7669
{
7670
  basic_block bb;
7671
  gimple dummy;
7672
  int i;
7673
  edge e;
7674
 
7675
  /* Ugh.  When substituting values earlier in this pass we can
7676
     wipe the dominance information.  So rebuild the dominator
7677
     information as we need it within the jump threading code.  */
7678
  calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
7679
 
7680
  /* We do not allow VRP information to be used for jump threading
7681
     across a back edge in the CFG.  Otherwise it becomes too
7682
     difficult to avoid eliminating loop exit tests.  Of course
7683
     EDGE_DFS_BACK is not accurate at this time so we have to
7684
     recompute it.  */
7685
  mark_dfs_back_edges ();
7686
 
7687
  /* Do not thread across edges we are about to remove.  Just marking
7688
     them as EDGE_DFS_BACK will do.  */
7689
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (edge, to_remove_edges, i, e)
7690
    e->flags |= EDGE_DFS_BACK;
7691
 
7692
  /* Allocate our unwinder stack to unwind any temporary equivalences
7693
     that might be recorded.  */
7694
  stack = VEC_alloc (tree, heap, 20);
7695
 
7696
  /* To avoid lots of silly node creation, we create a single
7697
     conditional and just modify it in-place when attempting to
7698
     thread jumps.  */
7699
  dummy = gimple_build_cond (EQ_EXPR,
7700
                             integer_zero_node, integer_zero_node,
7701
                             NULL, NULL);
7702
 
7703
  /* Walk through all the blocks finding those which present a
7704
     potential jump threading opportunity.  We could set this up
7705
     as a dominator walker and record data during the walk, but
7706
     I doubt it's worth the effort for the classes of jump
7707
     threading opportunities we are trying to identify at this
7708
     point in compilation.  */
7709
  FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
7710
    {
7711
      gimple last;
7712
 
7713
      /* If the generic jump threading code does not find this block
7714
         interesting, then there is nothing to do.  */
7715
      if (! potentially_threadable_block (bb))
7716
        continue;
7717
 
7718
      /* We only care about blocks ending in a COND_EXPR.  While there
7719
         may be some value in handling SWITCH_EXPR here, I doubt it's
7720
         terribly important.  */
7721
      last = gsi_stmt (gsi_last_bb (bb));
7722
 
7723
      /* We're basically looking for a switch or any kind of conditional with
7724
         integral or pointer type arguments.  Note the type of the second
7725
         argument will be the same as the first argument, so no need to
7726
         check it explicitly.  */
7727
      if (gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_SWITCH
7728
          || (gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_COND
7729
              && TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_lhs (last)) == SSA_NAME
7730
              && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_cond_lhs (last)))
7731
                  || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_cond_lhs (last))))
7732
              && (TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_rhs (last)) == SSA_NAME
7733
                  || is_gimple_min_invariant (gimple_cond_rhs (last)))))
7734
        {
7735
          edge_iterator ei;
7736
 
7737
          /* We've got a block with multiple predecessors and multiple
7738
             successors which also ends in a suitable conditional or
7739
             switch statement.  For each predecessor, see if we can thread
7740
             it to a specific successor.  */
7741
          FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
7742
            {
7743
              /* Do not thread across back edges or abnormal edges
7744
                 in the CFG.  */
7745
              if (e->flags & (EDGE_DFS_BACK | EDGE_COMPLEX))
7746
                continue;
7747
 
7748
              thread_across_edge (dummy, e, true, &stack,
7749
                                  simplify_stmt_for_jump_threading);
7750
            }
7751
        }
7752
    }
7753
 
7754
  /* We do not actually update the CFG or SSA graphs at this point as
7755
     ASSERT_EXPRs are still in the IL and cfg cleanup code does not yet
7756
     handle ASSERT_EXPRs gracefully.  */
7757
}
7758
 
7759
/* We identified all the jump threading opportunities earlier, but could
7760
   not transform the CFG at that time.  This routine transforms the
7761
   CFG and arranges for the dominator tree to be rebuilt if necessary.
7762
 
7763
   Note the SSA graph update will occur during the normal TODO
7764
   processing by the pass manager.  */
7765
static void
7766
finalize_jump_threads (void)
7767
{
7768
  thread_through_all_blocks (false);
7769
  VEC_free (tree, heap, stack);
7770
}
7771
 
7772
 
7773
/* Traverse all the blocks folding conditionals with known ranges.  */
7774
 
7775
static void
7776
vrp_finalize (void)
7777
{
7778
  size_t i;
7779
 
7780
  values_propagated = true;
7781
 
7782
  if (dump_file)
7783
    {
7784
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nValue ranges after VRP:\n\n");
7785
      dump_all_value_ranges (dump_file);
7786
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
7787
    }
7788
 
7789
  substitute_and_fold (op_with_constant_singleton_value_range,
7790
                       vrp_fold_stmt, false);
7791
 
7792
  if (warn_array_bounds)
7793
    check_all_array_refs ();
7794
 
7795
  /* We must identify jump threading opportunities before we release
7796
     the datastructures built by VRP.  */
7797
  identify_jump_threads ();
7798
 
7799
  /* Free allocated memory.  */
7800
  for (i = 0; i < num_vr_values; i++)
7801
    if (vr_value[i])
7802
      {
7803
        BITMAP_FREE (vr_value[i]->equiv);
7804
        free (vr_value[i]);
7805
      }
7806
 
7807
  free (vr_value);
7808
  free (vr_phi_edge_counts);
7809
 
7810
  /* So that we can distinguish between VRP data being available
7811
     and not available.  */
7812
  vr_value = NULL;
7813
  vr_phi_edge_counts = NULL;
7814
}
7815
 
7816
 
7817
/* Main entry point to VRP (Value Range Propagation).  This pass is
7818
   loosely based on J. R. C. Patterson, ``Accurate Static Branch
7819
   Prediction by Value Range Propagation,'' in SIGPLAN Conference on
7820
   Programming Language Design and Implementation, pp. 67-78, 1995.
7821
   Also available at http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/patterson95accurate.html
7822
 
7823
   This is essentially an SSA-CCP pass modified to deal with ranges
7824
   instead of constants.
7825
 
7826
   While propagating ranges, we may find that two or more SSA name
7827
   have equivalent, though distinct ranges.  For instance,
7828
 
7829
     1  x_9 = p_3->a;
7830
     2  p_4 = ASSERT_EXPR <p_3, p_3 != 0>
7831
     3  if (p_4 == q_2)
7832
     4    p_5 = ASSERT_EXPR <p_4, p_4 == q_2>;
7833
     5  endif
7834
     6  if (q_2)
7835
 
7836
   In the code above, pointer p_5 has range [q_2, q_2], but from the
7837
   code we can also determine that p_5 cannot be NULL and, if q_2 had
7838
   a non-varying range, p_5's range should also be compatible with it.
7839
 
7840
   These equivalences are created by two expressions: ASSERT_EXPR and
7841
   copy operations.  Since p_5 is an assertion on p_4, and p_4 was the
7842
   result of another assertion, then we can use the fact that p_5 and
7843
   p_4 are equivalent when evaluating p_5's range.
7844
 
7845
   Together with value ranges, we also propagate these equivalences
7846
   between names so that we can take advantage of information from
7847
   multiple ranges when doing final replacement.  Note that this
7848
   equivalency relation is transitive but not symmetric.
7849
 
7850
   In the example above, p_5 is equivalent to p_4, q_2 and p_3, but we
7851
   cannot assert that q_2 is equivalent to p_5 because q_2 may be used
7852
   in contexts where that assertion does not hold (e.g., in line 6).
7853
 
7854
   TODO, the main difference between this pass and Patterson's is that
7855
   we do not propagate edge probabilities.  We only compute whether
7856
   edges can be taken or not.  That is, instead of having a spectrum
7857
   of jump probabilities between 0 and 1, we only deal with 0, 1 and
7858
   DON'T KNOW.  In the future, it may be worthwhile to propagate
7859
   probabilities to aid branch prediction.  */
7860
 
7861
static unsigned int
7862
execute_vrp (void)
7863
{
7864
  int i;
7865
  edge e;
7866
  switch_update *su;
7867
 
7868
  loop_optimizer_init (LOOPS_NORMAL | LOOPS_HAVE_RECORDED_EXITS);
7869
  rewrite_into_loop_closed_ssa (NULL, TODO_update_ssa);
7870
  scev_initialize ();
7871
 
7872
  insert_range_assertions ();
7873
 
7874
  /* Estimate number of iterations - but do not use undefined behavior
7875
     for this.  We can't do this lazily as other functions may compute
7876
     this using undefined behavior.  */
7877
  free_numbers_of_iterations_estimates ();
7878
  estimate_numbers_of_iterations (false);
7879
 
7880
  to_remove_edges = VEC_alloc (edge, heap, 10);
7881
  to_update_switch_stmts = VEC_alloc (switch_update, heap, 5);
7882
  threadedge_initialize_values ();
7883
 
7884
  vrp_initialize ();
7885
  ssa_propagate (vrp_visit_stmt, vrp_visit_phi_node);
7886
  vrp_finalize ();
7887
 
7888
  free_numbers_of_iterations_estimates ();
7889
 
7890
  /* ASSERT_EXPRs must be removed before finalizing jump threads
7891
     as finalizing jump threads calls the CFG cleanup code which
7892
     does not properly handle ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
7893
  remove_range_assertions ();
7894
 
7895
  /* If we exposed any new variables, go ahead and put them into
7896
     SSA form now, before we handle jump threading.  This simplifies
7897
     interactions between rewriting of _DECL nodes into SSA form
7898
     and rewriting SSA_NAME nodes into SSA form after block
7899
     duplication and CFG manipulation.  */
7900
  update_ssa (TODO_update_ssa);
7901
 
7902
  finalize_jump_threads ();
7903
 
7904
  /* Remove dead edges from SWITCH_EXPR optimization.  This leaves the
7905
     CFG in a broken state and requires a cfg_cleanup run.  */
7906
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (edge, to_remove_edges, i, e)
7907
    remove_edge (e);
7908
  /* Update SWITCH_EXPR case label vector.  */
7909
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (switch_update, to_update_switch_stmts, i, su)
7910
    {
7911
      size_t j;
7912
      size_t n = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (su->vec);
7913
      tree label;
7914
      gimple_switch_set_num_labels (su->stmt, n);
7915
      for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
7916
        gimple_switch_set_label (su->stmt, j, TREE_VEC_ELT (su->vec, j));
7917
      /* As we may have replaced the default label with a regular one
7918
         make sure to make it a real default label again.  This ensures
7919
         optimal expansion.  */
7920
      label = gimple_switch_default_label (su->stmt);
7921
      CASE_LOW (label) = NULL_TREE;
7922
      CASE_HIGH (label) = NULL_TREE;
7923
    }
7924
 
7925
  if (VEC_length (edge, to_remove_edges) > 0)
7926
    free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
7927
 
7928
  VEC_free (edge, heap, to_remove_edges);
7929
  VEC_free (switch_update, heap, to_update_switch_stmts);
7930
  threadedge_finalize_values ();
7931
 
7932
  scev_finalize ();
7933
  loop_optimizer_finalize ();
7934
  return 0;
7935
}
7936
 
7937
static bool
7938
gate_vrp (void)
7939
{
7940
  return flag_tree_vrp != 0;
7941
}
7942
 
7943
struct gimple_opt_pass pass_vrp =
7944
{
7945
 {
7946
  GIMPLE_PASS,
7947
  "vrp",                                /* name */
7948
  gate_vrp,                             /* gate */
7949
  execute_vrp,                          /* execute */
7950
  NULL,                                 /* sub */
7951
  NULL,                                 /* next */
7952
  0,                                     /* static_pass_number */
7953
  TV_TREE_VRP,                          /* tv_id */
7954
  PROP_ssa,                             /* properties_required */
7955
  0,                                     /* properties_provided */
7956
  0,                                     /* properties_destroyed */
7957
  0,                                     /* todo_flags_start */
7958
  TODO_cleanup_cfg
7959
    | TODO_update_ssa
7960
    | TODO_verify_ssa
7961
    | TODO_verify_flow
7962
    | TODO_ggc_collect                  /* todo_flags_finish */
7963
 }
7964
};

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.